1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1888 2007/04/03 23:28:40 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03 10 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep 11 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the 12 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced 13 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug 14 found by Andy Fiddaman. 15 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character 16 could not be set in 8.14.0. 17 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS 18 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message 19 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by 20 Werner Wiethege. 21 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq. 22 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of 23 Science and Mathematics. 24 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce. 25 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition 26 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE 27 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and 28 SharedMemoryKeyFile. 29 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4 30 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data. 31 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary. 32 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College. 33 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the 34 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman. 35 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option 36 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales. 37 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation. 38 Patches from Bryan Costales. 39 PORTABILITY FIXES: 40 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to 41 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR. 42 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob 43 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 44 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX 45 Software Systems. 46 New Files: 47 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4 48 devtools/OS/QNX.6.x 49 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h 50 51 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry: 52 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html 53 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html 54 558.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31 56 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes: 57 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit. 58 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in 59 headers. 60 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any 61 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to 62 exactly one space. 63 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can 64 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion 65 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter 66 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of 67 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from 68 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 69 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then 70 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the 71 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set 72 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback. 73 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating. 74 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon. 75 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command. 76 Patch from Nik Clayton. 77 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of 78 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing. 79 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually 80 per daemon socket: 81 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode 82 refuseLA RefuseLA 83 delayLA DelayLA 84 queueLA QueueLA 85 children MaxDaemonChildren 86 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the 87 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the 88 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based 89 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth. 90 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch 91 from Nik Clayton. 92 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check 93 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do 94 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk 95 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 96 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause 97 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message 98 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver 99 et.al., patch from Matej Vela. 100 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine 101 readable" status. 102 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end 103 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message. 104 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address 105 is a header address it also distinguishes between 106 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for 107 envelope addresses). 108 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible 109 by all transactions in the same SMTP session. 110 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY). 111 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the 112 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will 113 slow down responding. 114 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is 115 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory 116 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying 117 a file where to store the selected key. 118 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam 119 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command 120 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the 121 connection is terminated immediately. 122 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting 123 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual 124 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless. 125 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps: 126 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries. 127 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of 128 a query if it is too long. 129 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated 130 to form the result of a lookup. 131 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests 132 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly 133 started by using "make check". 134 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been 135 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by 136 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University. 137 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for 138 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll. 139 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a 140 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not 141 intended. 142 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number. 143 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 144 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle 145 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux), 146 which may improve the communication performance on some 147 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of 148 Proofpoint. 149 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF 150 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously 151 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last 152 line. 153 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to 154 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now. 155 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with 156 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations. 157 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 158 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to 159 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem 160 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 161 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL 162 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH 163 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both 164 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2. 165 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by 166 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile, 167 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on 168 each delivery. 169 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP 170 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS. 171 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University 172 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 173 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP 174 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either 175 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server 176 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil 177 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of 178 Sun Microsystems. 179 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses 180 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record. 181 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner. 182 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override 183 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers. 184 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db') 185 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form 186 To:user@example.com RELAY 187 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of 188 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the 189 SMTP dialogue. 190 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name 191 for the HELO/EHLO command. 192 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine 193 messages by using those values as second argument. 194 Patches from Nelson Fung. 195 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and 196 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or 197 preceeded by a backslash. 198 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates 199 directories, then it used for "make install" to create 200 the required installation directories. 201 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for 202 executables (defaults to confCC). 203 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that 204 has several changes which are listed below and documented 205 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html. 206 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been 207 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter, 208 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally, 209 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally, 210 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such 211 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also 212 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used. 213 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to 214 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available 215 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to 216 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows 217 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the 218 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure. 219 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters 220 can act on the DATA command. 221 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters 222 can receive also unknown SMTP commands. 223 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which 224 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the 225 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action. 226 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the 227 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks 228 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This 229 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the 230 body chunks it already received without reading the entire 231 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions 232 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback. 233 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add 234 new recipients including ESMTP parameters. 235 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the 236 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters. 237 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected 238 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol 239 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether 240 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the 241 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error". 242 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it 243 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step 244 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option 245 negotiation. 246 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all 247 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC 248 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA 249 does not add a leading space to headers that are added, 250 inserted, or replaced. 251 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO 252 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 253 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks. 254 New Files: 255 cf/feature/badmx.m4 256 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4 257 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4 258 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4 259 include/sm/misc.h 260 include/sm/sendmail.h 261 include/sm/tailq.h 262 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html 263 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html 264 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html 265 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html 266 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html 267 libmilter/example.c 268 libmilter/monitor.c 269 libmilter/worker.c 270 libsm/memstat.c 271 libsm/t-memstat.c 272 libsm/t-qic.c 273 libsm/util.c 274 sendmail/daemon.h 275 sendmail/map.h 276 2778.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09 278 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then 279 the server can erroneously report that there is 280 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that 281 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those 282 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert 283 of University of Washington. 284 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after 285 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if 286 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki 287 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege. 288 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from 289 David F. Skoll. 290 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable. 291 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit. 292 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4 293 range (0..255). 294 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback 295 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However, 296 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence 297 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.* 298 about these macros. 299 3008.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 301 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 302 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 303 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 304 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 305 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 306 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 307 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 308 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 309 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 310 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 311 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 312 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 313 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 314 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 315 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 316 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 317 layer made in 8.13.6. 318 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 319 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 320 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 321 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 322 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 323 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 324 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 325 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 326 to avoid those false positives. 327 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 328 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 329 files were not removed. 330 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 331 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 332 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 333 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 334 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 335 either of these versions and compression is available, 336 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 337 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 338 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 339 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 340 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 341 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 342 but an argument must be specified. 343 Portability: 344 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 345 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 346 3478.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 348 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 349 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 350 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 351 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 352 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 353 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 354 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 355 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 356 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 357 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 358 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 359 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 360 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 361 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 362 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 363 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 364 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 365 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 366 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 367 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 368 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 369 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 370 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 371 A. Earickson of Colby College. 372 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 373 Myers of Proofpoint. 374 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 375 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 376 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 377 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 378 resume a stored TLS session. 379 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 380 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 381 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 382 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 383 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 384 Sun Microsystems. 385 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 386 This generates an error message from libmilter on 387 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 388 request silently. 389 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 390 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 391 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 392 Services. 393 Portability: 394 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 395 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 396 Andrew Brown. 397 3988.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 399 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 400 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 401 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 402 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 403 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 404 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 405 than the base directory. 406 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 407 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 408 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 409 Werner Wiethege. 410 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 411 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 412 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 413 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 414 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 415 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 416 University. 417 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 418 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 419 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 420 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 421 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 422 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 423 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 424 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 425 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 426 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 427 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 428 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 429 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 430 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 431 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 432 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 433 source code. 434 Add support for AIX 5.3. 435 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 436 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 437 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 438 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 439 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 440 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 441 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 442 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 443 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 444 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 445 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 446 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 447 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 448 by Mike Pechkin. 449 New Files: 450 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 451 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 452 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 453 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 454 include/sm/time.h 455 4568.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 457 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 458 different error which could result in connections that 459 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 460 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 461 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 462 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 463 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 464 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 465 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 466 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 467 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 468 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 469 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 470 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 471 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 472 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 473 and bounce generation. 474 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 475 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 476 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 477 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 478 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 479 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 480 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 481 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 482 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 483 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 484 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 485 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 486 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 487 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 488 by Joe Maimon. 489 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 490 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 491 on patch by Brian Kantor. 492 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 493 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 494 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 495 Portability: 496 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 497 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 498 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 499 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 500 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 501 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 502 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 503 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 504 University of Bremen. 505 New Files: 506 include/sm/sem.h 507 libsm/sem.c 508 libsm/t-sem.c 509 5108.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 511 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 512 is active. 513 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 514 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 515 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 516 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 517 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 518 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 519 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 520 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 521 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 522 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 523 5248.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 525 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 526 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 527 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 528 Simple Nomad of BindView. 529 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 530 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 531 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 532 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 533 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 534 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 535 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 536 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 537 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 538 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 539 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 540 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 541 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 542 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 543 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 544 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 545 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 546 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 547 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 548 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 549 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 550 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 551 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 552 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 553 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 554 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 555 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 556 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 557 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 558 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 559 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 560 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 561 noted by Nelson Fung. 562 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 563 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 564 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 565 by Nelson Fung. 566 Portability: 567 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 568 New Files: 569 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 570 devtools/OS/DragonFly 571 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 572 Deleted Files: 573 libsm/vsscanf.c 574 5758.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 576 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 577 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 578 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 579 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 580 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 581 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 582 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 583 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 584 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 585 by David Russell. 586 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 587 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 588 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 589 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 590 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 591 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 592 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 593 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 594 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 595 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 596 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 597 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 598 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 599 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 600 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 601 Bielefeld. 602 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 603 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 604 Portability: 605 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 606 noted by Geoff Adams. 607 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 608 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 609 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 610 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 611 incompatibilities with various *roff related 612 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 613 New Files: 614 doc/op/README 615 6168.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 617 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 618 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 619 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 620 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 621 University. 622 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 623 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 624 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 625 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 626 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 627 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 628 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 629 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 630 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 631 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 632 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 633 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 634 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 635 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 636 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 637 of cf/README for more information. 638 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 639 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 640 the LDAP library. 641 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 642 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 643 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 644 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 645 library supports it. 646 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 647 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 648 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 649 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 650 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 651 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 652 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 653 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 654 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 655 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 656 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 657 determines the length of the interval for which the 658 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 659 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 660 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 661 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 662 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 663 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 664 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 665 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 666 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 667 during that connection. 668 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 669 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 670 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 671 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 672 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 673 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 674 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 675 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 676 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 677 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 678 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 679 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 680 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 681 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 682 sendmail. 683 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 684 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 685 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 686 Mines de Paris. 687 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 688 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 689 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 690 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 691 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 692 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 693 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 694 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 695 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 696 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 697 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 698 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 699 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 700 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 701 by Sander Eerkes. 702 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 703 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 704 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 705 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 706 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 707 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 708 operates on lost queue items. 709 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 710 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 711 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 712 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 713 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 714 quarantine reason. 715 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 716 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 717 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 718 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 719 "QUARANTINE:". 720 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 721 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 722 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 723 be used for the quarantine reason. 724 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 725 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 726 message if it is quarantined. 727 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 728 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 729 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 730 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 731 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 732 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 733 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 734 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 735 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 736 recipients received so far in a transaction. 737 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 738 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 739 noted by Kai Schlichting. 740 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 741 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 742 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 743 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 744 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 745 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 746 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 747 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 748 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 749 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 750 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 751 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 752 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 753 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 754 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 755 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 756 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 757 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 758 of the University of Manitoba. 759 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 760 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 761 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 762 is active. 763 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 764 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 765 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 766 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 767 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 768 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 769 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 770 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 771 overwrite each other's pid files. 772 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 773 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 774 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 775 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 776 LogLevel 12 or higher. 777 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 778 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 779 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 780 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 781 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 782 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 783 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 784 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 785 of Sun Microsystems. 786 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 787 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 788 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 789 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 790 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 791 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 792 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 793 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 794 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 795 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 796 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 797 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 798 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 799 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 800 further information. 801 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 802 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 803 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 804 queue return and warning times for delivery status 805 notifications. 806 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 807 at all. 808 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 809 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 810 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 811 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 812 for DaemonPortOptions. 813 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 814 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 815 of Northern Illinois University. 816 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 817 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 818 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 819 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 820 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 821 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 822 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 823 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 824 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 825 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 826 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 827 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 828 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 829 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 830 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 831 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 832 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 833 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 834 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 835 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 836 HOSTALIASES. 837 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 838 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 839 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 840 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 841 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 842 Oleg Bulyzhin. 843 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 844 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 845 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 846 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 847 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 848 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 849 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 850 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 851 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 852 Portability: 853 Two new compile options have been added: 854 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 855 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 856 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 857 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 858 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 859 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 860 programs to match locking techniques. 861 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 862 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 863 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 864 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 865 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 866 Center for Scientific Computing. 867 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 868 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 869 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 870 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 871 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 872 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 873 from Mark Funkenhauser. 874 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 875 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 876 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 877 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 878 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 879 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 880 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 881 of Northern Illinois University. 882 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 883 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 884 the message using the given reason. 885 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 886 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 887 DNS records than just A. 888 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 889 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 890 connections is maintained. 891 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 892 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 893 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 894 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 895 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 896 slamming protection described above. The feature can 897 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 898 use the access database to look the pause time based on 899 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 900 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 901 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 902 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 903 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 904 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 905 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 906 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 907 interval when refusing connections for this long. 908 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 909 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 910 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 911 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 912 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 913 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 914 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 915 to follow the naming conventions. 916 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 917 the A= argument. 918 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 919 local_lmtp. 920 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 921 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 922 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 923 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 924 its rules. 925 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 926 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 927 status notifications. 928 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 929 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 930 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 931 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 932 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 933 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 934 doc/op/op.me. 935 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 936 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 937 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 938 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 939 certificate revocations lists. 940 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 941 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 942 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 943 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 944 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 945 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 946 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 947 for more information. 948 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 949 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 950 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 951 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 952 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 953 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 954 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 955 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 956 of LifeLine Networks. 957 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 958 Derek J. Balling. 959 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 960 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 961 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 962 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 963 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 964 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 965 Filters which use this function must include the 966 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 967 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 968 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 969 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 970 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 971 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 972 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 973 resetting the timeout. 974 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 975 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 976 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 977 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 978 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 979 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 980 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 981 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 982 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 983 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 984 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 985 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 986 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 987 from Bryan Costales. 988 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 989 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 990 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 991 amendments to support header insertion operations. 992 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 993 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 994 Informations Services. 995 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 996 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 997 instead of '#'. 998 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 999 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 1000 headers. 1001 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 1002 for the auto-response message. 1003 New Files: 1004 CACerts 1005 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 1006 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 1007 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 1008 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 1009 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 1010 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 1011 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 1012 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 1013 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 1014 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 1015 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1016 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 1017 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 1018 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 1019 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 1020 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 1021 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 1022 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 1023 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 1024 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 1025 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 1026 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 1027 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 1028 sendmail/ratectrl.c 1029 Deleted Files: 1030 cf/feature/nodns.m4 1031 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 1032 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 1033 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1034 libsm/vsprintf.c 1035 Renamed Files: 1036 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 1037 10388.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 1039 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 1040 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 1041 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 1042 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 1043 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 1044 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 1045 Techfirm, Inc. 1046 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 1047 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 1048 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1049 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 1050 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 1051 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 1052 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1053 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 1054 recipient address also against the printable addresses 1055 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 1056 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 1057 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 1058 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 1059 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1060 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 1061 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1062 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 1063 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 1064 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 1065 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 1066 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 1067 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 1068 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 1069 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 1070 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1071 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 1072 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 1073 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 1074 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 1075 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 1076 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 1077 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 1078 external application that accesses qf files. 1079 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 1080 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 1081 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 1082 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 1083 Breyha. 1084 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 1085 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 1086 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 1087 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 1088 environment. 1089 Portability: 1090 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1091 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 1092 Sun Microsystems. 1093 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 1094 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 1095 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 1096 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 1097 New Files: 1098 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1099 11008.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 1101 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 1102 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 1103 of Courtesan Consulting. 1104 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 1105 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 1106 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 1107 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 1108 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 1109 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 1110 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 1111 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 1112 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 1113 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1114 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 1115 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 1116 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 1117 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 1118 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 1119 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 1120 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 1121 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 1122 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 1123 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 1124 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 1125 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 1126 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 1127 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 1128 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 1129 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 1130 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 1131 to make sure they match. 1132 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 1133 in the kernel. 1134 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 1135 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 1136 Bart Duchesne. 1137 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 1138 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 1139 Craig Hunt. 1140 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 1141 from Jerome Borsboom. 1142 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 1143 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 1144 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 1145 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 1146 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 1147 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 1148 after the close() and before the truncate(). 1149 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 1150 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 1151 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 1152 Portability: 1153 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 1154 of Washington for providing access to a computer 1155 with AIX 5.2. 1156 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 1157 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1158 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 1159 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 1160 of Harker Systems. 1161 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 1162 your Linux distribution, compile with 1163 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 1164 Added Files: 1165 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 1166 11678.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 1168 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1169 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1170 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1171 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1172 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1173 includes DNS. 1174 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1175 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1176 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1177 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1178 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1179 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1180 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1181 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1182 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1183 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 1184 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1185 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 1186 by Derek Wueppelmann. 1187 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 1188 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 1189 College London. 1190 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 1191 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 1192 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 1193 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 1194 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1195 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 1196 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 1197 text file instead of the database map. 1198 Portability: 1199 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 1200 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 1201 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 1202 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 1203 12048.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 1205 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1206 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1207 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1208 of ISS X-Force. 1209 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 1210 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 1211 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 1212 Stanford University Compilation Group. 1213 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 1214 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 1215 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 1216 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 1217 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 1218 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 1219 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 1220 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 1221 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 1222 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1223 12248.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 1225 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1226 across various connections. This could cause session 1227 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1228 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1229 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1230 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 1231 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 1232 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1233 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 1234 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 1235 Erik Parker. 1236 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 1237 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 1238 is used. 1239 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 1240 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1241 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 1242 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 1243 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 1244 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 1245 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1246 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 1247 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 1248 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 1249 of 11 or higher. 1250 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 1251 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 1252 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 1253 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 1254 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 1255 to be run even if Runners=0. 1256 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 1257 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 1258 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1259 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 1260 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 1261 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 1262 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1263 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 1264 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 1265 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 1266 by John Majikes of IBM. 1267 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 1268 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 1269 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 1270 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 1271 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1272 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 1273 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 1274 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 1275 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 1276 noted by Matthias Andree. 1277 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 1278 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1279 Portability: 1280 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 1281 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 1282 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 1283 an argument, hence the builtin version of 1284 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 1285 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 1286 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1287 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 1288 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1289 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 1290 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1291 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1292 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1293 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1294 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1295 Corporation. 1296 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1297 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1298 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1299 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1300 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1301 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1302 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1303 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1304 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1305 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1306 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1307 in the file itself. 1308 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1309 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1310 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1311 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1312 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1313 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1314 relay. 1315 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1316 in access_db. 1317 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1318 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1319 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1320 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1321 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1322 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1323 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1324 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1325 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1326 Sun Microsystems. 1327 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1328 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1329 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1330 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1331 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1332 New Files: 1333 devtools/OS/Interix 1334 include/sm/bdb.h 1335 13368.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1337 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1338 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1339 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1340 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1341 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1342 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1343 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1344 Courtesan Consulting. 1345 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1346 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1347 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1348 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1349 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1350 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1351 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1352 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1353 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1354 Earickson of Colby College. 1355 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1356 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1357 Courtesan Consulting. 1358 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1359 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1360 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1361 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1362 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1363 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1364 execve(). 1365 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1366 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1367 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1368 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1369 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1370 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1371 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1372 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1373 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1374 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1375 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1376 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1377 Portability: 1378 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1379 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1380 fix from Scott Walters. 1381 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1382 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1383 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1384 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1385 NETISO support has been dropped. 1386 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1387 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1388 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1389 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1390 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1391 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1392 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1393 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1394 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1395 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1396 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1397 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1398 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1399 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1400 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1401 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1402 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1403 University. 1404 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1405 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1406 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1407 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1408 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1409 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1410 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1411 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1412 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1413 New Files: 1414 contrib/etrn.0 1415 14168.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1417 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1418 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1419 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1420 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1421 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1422 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1423 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1424 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1425 with rogue DNS servers. 1426 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1427 by Bryan Costales. 1428 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1429 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1430 Costales. 1431 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1432 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1433 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1434 Polytechnic Institute. 1435 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1436 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1437 Portability: 1438 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1439 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1440 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1441 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1442 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1443 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1444 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1445 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1446 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1447 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1448 related programs to match locking techniques. 1449 14508.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1451 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1452 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1453 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1454 section of the top level README for more information. 1455 Problem noted by lumpy. 1456 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1457 instead of 0644. 1458 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1459 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1460 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1461 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1462 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1463 Purdue University. 1464 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1465 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1466 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1467 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1468 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1469 of Active State. 1470 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1471 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1472 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1473 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1474 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1475 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1476 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1477 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1478 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1479 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1480 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1481 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1482 or the queue. 1483 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1484 user who started sendmail. 1485 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1486 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1487 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1488 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1489 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1490 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1491 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1492 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1493 Portability: 1494 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1495 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1496 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1497 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1498 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1499 Charles University in Prague. 1500 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1501 memory. 1502 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1503 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1504 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1505 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1506 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1507 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1508 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1509 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1510 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1511 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1512 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1513 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1514 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1515 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1516 noted by Bryan Costales. 1517 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1518 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1519 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1520 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1521 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1522 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1523 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1524 match dnsbl change. 1525 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1526 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1527 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1528 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1529 a user's filter starts other applications. 1530 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1531 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1532 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1533 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1534 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1535 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1536 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1537 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1538 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1539 noted by Bryan Costales. 1540 New Files: 1541 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1542 15438.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1544 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1545 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1546 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1547 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1548 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1549 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1550 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1551 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1552 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1553 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1554 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1555 University. 1556 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1557 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1558 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1559 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1560 of INTERMETA. 1561 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1562 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1563 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1564 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1565 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1566 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1567 ActiveState. 1568 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1569 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1570 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1571 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1572 Northern Illinois University. 1573 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1574 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1575 of Dinoex. 1576 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1577 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1578 Polytechnic Institute. 1579 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1580 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1581 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1582 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1583 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1584 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1585 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1586 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1587 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1588 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1589 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1590 missing arguments. 1591 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1592 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1593 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1594 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1595 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1596 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1597 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1598 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1599 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1600 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1601 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1602 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1603 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1604 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1605 of Concordia University. 1606 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1607 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1608 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1609 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1610 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1611 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1612 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1613 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1614 Elvers. 1615 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1616 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1617 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1618 total number of TCP connections. 1619 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1620 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1621 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1622 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1623 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1624 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1625 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1626 Texas. 1627 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1628 to 451. 1629 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1630 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1631 patch by Bryan Costales. 1632 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1633 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1634 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1635 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1636 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1637 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1638 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1639 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1640 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1641 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1642 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1643 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1644 command). 1645 Portability: 1646 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1647 available. 1648 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1649 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1650 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1651 Skyrr. 1652 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1653 noted by John Beck. 1654 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1655 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1656 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1657 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1658 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1659 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1660 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1661 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1662 error. 1663 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1664 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1665 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1666 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1667 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1668 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1669 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1670 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1671 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1672 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1673 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1674 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1675 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1676 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1677 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1678 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1679 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1680 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1681 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1682 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1683 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1684 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1685 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1686 noted by John Beck. 1687 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1688 if queue groups are used. 1689 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1690 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1691 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1692 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1693 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1694 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1695 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1696 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1697 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1698 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1699 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1700 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1701 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1702 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1703 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1704 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1705 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1706 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1707 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1708 ldap_memfree(). 1709 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1710 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1711 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1712 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1713 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1714 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1715 San Francisco. 1716 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1717 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1718 Joe Barbish. 1719 New Files: 1720 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1721 17228.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1723 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1724 at startup, only log an error message. 1725 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1726 following -b) has been specified. 1727 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1728 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1729 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1730 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1731 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1732 Regensburg. 1733 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1734 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1735 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1736 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1737 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1738 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1739 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1740 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1741 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1742 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1743 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1744 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1745 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1746 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1747 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1748 SMTP connections. 1749 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1750 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1751 and Technology. 1752 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1753 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1754 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1755 Meteorological Institute. 1756 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1757 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1758 Online. 1759 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1760 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1761 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1762 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1763 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1764 types, respectively. 1765 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1766 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1767 of Virginia Tech. 1768 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1769 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1770 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1771 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1772 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1773 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1774 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1775 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1776 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1777 of Vienna. 1778 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1779 of Sun Microsystems. 1780 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1781 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1782 with servers that do not support realms when using 1783 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1784 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1785 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1786 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1787 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1788 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1789 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1790 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1791 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1792 instead of forcing localhost. 1793 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1794 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1795 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1796 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1797 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1798 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1799 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1800 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1801 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1802 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1803 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1804 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1805 Compaq Computer Corp. 1806 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1807 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1808 Tech. 1809 Portability: 1810 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1811 patch provided by HP. 1812 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1813 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1814 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1815 Sachin of Siemens. 1816 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1817 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1818 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1819 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1820 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1821 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1822 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1823 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1824 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1825 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1826 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1827 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1828 Hewlett-Packard. 1829 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1830 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1831 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1832 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1833 Virginia Tech. 1834 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1835 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1836 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1837 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1838 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1839 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1840 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1841 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1842 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1843 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1844 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1845 Florida. 1846 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1847 Altin Waldmann. 1848 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1849 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1850 Hewlett-Packard. 1851 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1852 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1853 of MSFU. 1854 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1855 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1856 Institute. 1857 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1858 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1859 to free memory twice. 1860 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1861 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1862 of Sun Microsystems. 1863 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1864 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1865 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1866 University of Athens. 1867 New Files: 1868 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1869 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1870 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1871 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1872 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1873 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1874 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1875 libsm/mpeix.c 1876 18778.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1878 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1879 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1880 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1881 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1882 found by Michal Zalewski. 1883 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1884 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1885 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1886 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1887 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1888 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1889 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1890 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1891 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1892 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1893 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1894 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1895 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1896 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1897 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1898 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1899 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1900 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1901 canonical name for a host. 1902 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1903 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1904 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1905 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1906 Portability: 1907 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1908 `uname` does not given complete information. 1909 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1910 Aircraft Company. 1911 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1912 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1913 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1914 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1915 Courtesan Consulting. 1916 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1917 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1918 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1919 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1920 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1921 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1922 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1923 then use it. 1924 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1925 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1926 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1927 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1928 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1929 and vacation. 1930 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1931 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1932 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1933 New Files: 1934 test/Build 1935 test/Makefile 1936 test/Makefile.m4 1937 test/README 1938 test/t_dropgid.c 1939 test/t_setgid.c 1940 Deleted Files: 1941 include/sm/stdio.h 1942 include/sm/sysstat.h 1943 19448.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1945 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1946 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1947 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1948 default). The installation process tries to install 1949 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1950 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1951 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1952 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1953 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1954 flags: 1955 GroupWritableForwardFile 1956 WorldWritableForwardFile 1957 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1958 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1959 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1960 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1961 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1962 (IdS). 1963 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1964 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1965 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1966 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1967 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1968 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1969 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1970 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1971 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1972 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1973 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1974 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1975 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1976 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1977 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1978 sendmail/SECURITY. 1979 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1980 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1981 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1982 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1983 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1984 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1985 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1986 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1987 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1988 command has been removed. 1989 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1990 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1991 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1992 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1993 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1994 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1995 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1996 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1997 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1998 supported. 1999 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 2000 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 2001 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 2002 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 2003 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 2004 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 2005 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 2006 creation rather than just before delivery. 2007 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 2008 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 2009 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 2010 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 2011 preference matches (coattail). 2012 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 2013 try other MX hosts if available. 2014 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 2015 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 2016 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 2017 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 2018 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2019 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 2020 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 2021 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 2022 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 2023 removed in future versions. 2024 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 2025 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 2026 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 2027 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 2028 doc/op/op.me for details. 2029 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 2030 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 2031 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 2032 of the presented certificate, respectively. 2033 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 2034 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 2035 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2036 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 2037 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 2038 enough on a per recipient basis. 2039 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 2040 for STARTTLS. 2041 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 2042 value "NOT". 2043 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 2044 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 2045 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 2046 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2047 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 2048 really required. This change results in a noticable 2049 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 2050 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 2051 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 2052 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2053 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 2054 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 2055 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 2056 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 2057 command line, then the value also limits the number of 2058 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 2059 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 2060 by a queue run. 2061 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 2062 system each queue directory resides in. 2063 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 2064 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 2065 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 2066 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 2067 collected together) to process the same work list at the 2068 same time. 2069 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 2070 active queue runner processes. 2071 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 2072 runners per queue group. 2073 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 2074 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 2075 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 2076 of the queue that match during processing. 2077 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 2078 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 2079 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 2080 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 2081 persistent queue runner. 2082 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 2083 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 2084 sendmail -q15m). 2085 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 2086 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2087 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 2088 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 2089 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 2090 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 2091 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 2092 of the qf file (older entries first). 2093 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 2094 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 2095 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 2096 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 2097 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 2098 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 2099 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 2100 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 2101 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 2102 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 2103 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 2104 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 2105 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 2106 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2107 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 2108 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 2109 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 2110 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 2111 details. 2112 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 2113 the number of entries in the queue(s). 2114 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 2115 and the usual documentation for details. 2116 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 2117 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 2118 announced in 8.10. 2119 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 2120 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 2121 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 2122 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2123 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 2124 -r (number of retries). 2125 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 2126 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 2127 and value separated by the given separator. 2128 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 2129 to map class arith. 2130 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 2131 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 2132 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 2133 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 2134 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 2135 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 2136 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 2137 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 2138 filenames with spaces). 2139 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 2140 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 2141 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 2142 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 2143 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 2144 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 2145 to the loopback net. 2146 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 2147 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 2148 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 2149 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 2150 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 2151 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 2152 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 2153 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 2154 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 2155 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 2156 Development Group. 2157 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 2158 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 2159 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 2160 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 2161 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 2162 load average is exceeded. 2163 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 2164 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 2165 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 2166 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 2167 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2168 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 2169 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 2170 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 2171 instead. 2172 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 2173 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 2174 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 2175 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 2176 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2177 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 2178 for direct (command line) submissions. 2179 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 2180 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 2181 Hagino of the KAME Project. 2182 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 2183 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 2184 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 2185 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 2186 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 2187 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 2188 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 2189 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 2190 before logging. 2191 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 2192 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 2193 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 2194 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 2195 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 2196 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 2197 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 2198 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 2199 of the Universitat Regensburg. 2200 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 2201 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 2202 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 2203 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 2204 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 2205 See libsm/index.html for details. 2206 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 2207 care of by fork() and exit(). 2208 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 2209 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 2210 new and old (from new libsm). 2211 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 2212 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 2213 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 2214 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 2215 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 2216 synchronizations calls. 2217 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 2218 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 2219 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 2220 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 2221 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 2222 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 2223 for details. 2224 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 2225 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 2226 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 2227 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2228 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 2229 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 2230 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2231 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 2232 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 2233 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 2234 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 2235 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 2236 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 2237 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 2238 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 2239 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 2240 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 2241 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2242 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 2243 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 2244 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 2245 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 2246 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 2247 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 2248 Urbana-Champaign. 2249 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 2250 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 2251 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 2252 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 2253 connections. 2254 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 2255 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 2256 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 2257 cf/README. 2258 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 2259 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 2260 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 2261 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 2262 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 2263 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 2264 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 2265 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 2266 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 2267 example). 2268 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 2269 the default schema used in the above two items. 2270 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 2271 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2272 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 2273 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 2274 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2275 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 2276 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 2277 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 2278 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 2279 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 2280 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 2281 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 2282 HELO/EHLO commands. 2283 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 2284 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 2285 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 2286 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 2287 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 2288 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 2289 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2290 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2291 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2292 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2293 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2294 (verbose) command line option. 2295 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2296 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2297 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2298 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2299 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2300 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2301 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2302 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2303 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2304 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2305 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2306 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2307 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2308 British Columbia. 2309 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2310 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2311 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2312 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2313 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2314 if required. 2315 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2316 class instead. 2317 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2318 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2319 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2320 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2321 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2322 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2323 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2324 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2325 Nelson of IBM. 2326 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2327 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2328 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2329 their defaults are: 2330 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2331 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2332 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2333 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2334 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2335 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2336 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2337 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2338 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2339 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2340 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2341 Meteorological Institute. 2342 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2343 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2344 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2345 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2346 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2347 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2348 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2349 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2350 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2351 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2352 See sendmail/README for further information. 2353 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2354 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2355 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2356 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2357 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2358 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2359 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2360 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2361 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2362 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2363 flora.ca. 2364 Portability: 2365 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2366 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2367 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2368 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2369 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2370 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2371 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2372 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2373 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2374 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2375 Solaris 8 and later. 2376 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2377 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2378 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2379 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2380 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2381 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2382 temporary lookup failures. 2383 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2384 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2385 or IP nets. 2386 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2387 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2388 to get through. 2389 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2390 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2391 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2392 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2393 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2394 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2395 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2396 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2397 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2398 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2399 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2400 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2401 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2402 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2403 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2404 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2405 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2406 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2407 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2408 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2409 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2410 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2411 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2412 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2413 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2414 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2415 cf/README for details. 2416 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2417 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2418 University of Maryland. 2419 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2420 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2421 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2422 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2423 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2424 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2425 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2426 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2427 Solving. 2428 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2429 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2430 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2431 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2432 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2433 immediately. 2434 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2435 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2436 See cf/README for details. 2437 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2438 temporary lookup failures. 2439 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2440 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2441 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2442 memory use. 2443 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2444 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2445 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2446 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2447 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2448 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2449 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2450 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2451 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2452 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2453 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2454 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2455 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2456 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2457 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2458 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2459 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2460 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2461 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2462 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2463 additional details. 2464 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2465 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2466 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2467 information. 2468 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2469 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2470 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2471 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2472 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2473 recipients as user unknown. 2474 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2475 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2476 section of cf/README for more information. 2477 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2478 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2479 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2480 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2481 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2482 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2483 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2484 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2485 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2486 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2487 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2488 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2489 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2490 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2491 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2492 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2493 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2494 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2495 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2496 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2497 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2498 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2499 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2500 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2501 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2502 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2503 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2504 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2505 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2506 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2507 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2508 doc/op/op.me for details. 2509 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2510 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2511 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2512 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2513 dequote map. 2514 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2515 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2516 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2517 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2518 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2519 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2520 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2521 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2522 This affects the access database as well as the 2523 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2524 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2525 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2526 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2527 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2528 Mississippi State University. 2529 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2530 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2531 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2532 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2533 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2534 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2535 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2536 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2537 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2538 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2539 systems which don't include cat directories. 2540 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2541 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2542 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2543 mailbox database type. 2544 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2545 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2546 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2547 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2548 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2549 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2550 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2551 instead of white space. 2552 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2553 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2554 Meteorological Institute. 2555 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2556 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2557 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2558 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2559 instead of syslog. 2560 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2561 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2562 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2563 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2564 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2565 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2566 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2567 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2568 New Directories: 2569 libmilter/docs 2570 New Files: 2571 cf/cf/README 2572 cf/cf/submit.cf 2573 cf/cf/submit.mc 2574 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2575 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2576 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2577 cf/feature/msp.m4 2578 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2579 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2580 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2581 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2582 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2583 cf/sendmail.schema 2584 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2585 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2586 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2587 editmap/* 2588 include/sm/* 2589 libsm/* 2590 libsmutil/cf.c 2591 libsmutil/err.c 2592 sendmail/SECURITY 2593 sendmail/TUNING 2594 sendmail/bf.c 2595 sendmail/bf.h 2596 sendmail/sasl.c 2597 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2598 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2599 sendmail/tls.c 2600 Deleted Files: 2601 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2602 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2603 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2604 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2605 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2606 include/sendmail/useful.h 2607 libsmutil/errstring.c 2608 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2609 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2610 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2611 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2612 sendmail/clock.c 2613 Renamed Files: 2614 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2615 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2616 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2617 26188.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2619 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2620 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2621 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2622 of ISS X-Force. 2623 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2624 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2625 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2626 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2627 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2628 includes DNS. 2629 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2630 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2631 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2632 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2633 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2634 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2635 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2636 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2637 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2638 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2639 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2640 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2641 across various connections. This could cause session 2642 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2643 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2644 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2645 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2646 canonical name for a host. 2647 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2648 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2649 or the queue. 2650 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2651 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2652 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2653 Polytechnic Institute. 2654 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2655 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2656 Purdue University. 2657 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2658 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2659 Texas. 2660 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2661 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2662 error. 2663 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2664 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2665 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2666 and vacation. 2667 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2668 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2669 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2670 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2671 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2672 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2673 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2674 Sun Microsystems. 2675 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2676 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2677 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2678 26798.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2680 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2681 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2682 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2683 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2684 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2685 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2686 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2687 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2688 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2689 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2690 Werner Wiethege. 2691 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2692 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2693 26948.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2695 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2696 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2697 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2698 of SE Netway Communications. 2699 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2700 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2701 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2702 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2703 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2704 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2705 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2706 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2707 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2708 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2709 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2710 University College. 2711 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2712 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2713 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2714 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2715 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2716 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2717 University at Albany. 2718 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2719 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2720 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2721 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2722 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2723 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2724 Portability: 2725 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2726 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2727 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2728 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2729 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2730 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2731 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2732 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2733 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2734 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2735 27368.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2737 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2738 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2739 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2740 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2741 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2742 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2743 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2744 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2745 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2746 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2747 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2748 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2749 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2750 from Kenji Miyake. 2751 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2752 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2753 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2754 the same map again while exiting. 2755 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2756 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2757 of Tuebingen. 2758 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2759 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2760 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2761 Oklahoma State University. 2762 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2763 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2764 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2765 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2766 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2767 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2768 Morgan Stanley. 2769 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2770 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2771 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2772 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2773 from Werner Wiethege. 2774 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2775 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2776 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2777 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2778 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2779 Internet Services. 2780 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2781 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2782 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2783 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2784 Portability: 2785 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2786 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2787 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2788 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2789 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2790 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2791 Meteorological Institute. 2792 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2793 since it generates random process ids. 2794 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2795 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2796 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2797 New Files: 2798 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2799 28008.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2801 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2802 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2803 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2804 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2805 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2806 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2807 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2808 communications consulting gmbh. 2809 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2810 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2811 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2812 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2813 connection came in from the command line. 2814 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2815 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2816 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2817 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2818 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2819 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2820 when they were committed. 2821 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2822 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2823 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2824 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2825 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2826 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2827 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2828 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2829 University. 2830 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2831 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2832 accept() completes. 2833 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2834 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2835 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2836 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2837 Wellcome. 2838 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2839 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2840 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2841 University. 2842 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2843 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2844 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2845 University of New Brunswick. 2846 Portability: 2847 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2848 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2849 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2850 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2851 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2852 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2853 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2854 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2855 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2856 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2857 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2858 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2859 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2860 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2861 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2862 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2863 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2864 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2865 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2866 Institute. 2867 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2868 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2869 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2870 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2871 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2872 Renamed Files: 2873 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2874 28758.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2876 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2877 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2878 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2879 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2880 Schools" project (IdS). 2881 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2882 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2883 be enabled by compiling with: 2884 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2885 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2886 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2887 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2888 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2889 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2890 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2891 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2892 Colby College. 2893 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2894 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2895 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2896 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2897 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2898 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2899 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2900 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2901 NxNetworks, Inc. 2902 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2903 client name. 2904 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2905 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2906 the Universitat Regensburg. 2907 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2908 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2909 University of Arizona. 2910 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2911 of Collective Technologies. 2912 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2913 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2914 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2915 Engineering. 2916 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2917 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2918 Meteorological Institute. 2919 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2920 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2921 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2922 Meteorological Institute. 2923 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2924 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2925 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2926 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2927 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2928 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2929 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2930 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2931 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2932 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2933 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2934 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2935 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2936 counting. 2937 Portability: 2938 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2939 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2940 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2941 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2942 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2943 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2944 Rosenman. 2945 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2946 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2947 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2948 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2949 of Pacific Access. 2950 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2951 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2952 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2953 Microsystems. 2954 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2955 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2956 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2957 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2958 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2959 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2960 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2961 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2962 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2963 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2964 Virginia Tech. 2965 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2966 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2967 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2968 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2969 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2970 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2971 gmbh. 2972 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2973 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2974 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2975 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2976 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2977 of Kyoto University. 2978 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2979 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2980 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2981 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2982 version. 2983 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2984 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2985 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2986 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2987 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2988 or *-owner. 2989 New Files: 2990 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2991 contrib/buildvirtuser 2992 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2993 29948.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2995 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2996 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2997 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2998 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2999 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 3000 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 3001 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3002 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 3003 wildcards. 3004 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 3005 process may close the connection before the child process 3006 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 3007 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 3008 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3009 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 3010 read the LDAP secret from a file. 3011 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 3012 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 3013 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 3014 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3015 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 3016 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 3017 of EarthLink. 3018 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 3019 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 3020 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 3021 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3022 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 3023 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3024 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 3025 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 3026 Fournier of Acadia University. 3027 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 3028 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 3029 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 3030 one of the others may be able to take over. 3031 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 3032 previous load average query result. 3033 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 3034 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 3035 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 3036 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3037 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 3038 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 3039 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 3040 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 3041 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3042 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 3043 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 3044 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 3045 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 3046 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 3047 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 3048 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 3049 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 3050 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 3051 University of British Columbia. 3052 Portability: 3053 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 3054 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 3055 override the setting. Suggested by 3056 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 3057 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 3058 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 3059 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 3060 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 3061 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3062 College. 3063 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 3064 Tom Moore of NCR. 3065 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 3066 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 3067 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 3068 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 3069 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3070 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 3071 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 3072 Consulting. 3073 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 3074 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 3075 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 3076 errors in the MAIL address. 3077 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 3078 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 3079 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 3080 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3081 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 3082 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 3083 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 3084 Ericsson. 3085 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 3086 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 3087 mailer as described in cf/README. 3088 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 3089 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 3090 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 3091 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 3092 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 3093 sendmail. 3094 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 3095 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3096 Meteorological Institute. 3097 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 3098 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 3099 dot as the only character on the line. 3100 New Files: 3101 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 3102 31038.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 3104 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 3105 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 3106 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 3107 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 3108 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 3109 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 3110 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3111 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 3112 it populates. It is possible that some broken 3113 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 3114 Systems in this category should compile with 3115 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 3116 system and report broken implementations to 3117 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 3118 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 3119 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 3120 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 3121 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 3122 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 3123 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 3124 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 3125 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3126 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 3127 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 3128 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 3129 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3130 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 3131 random data. 3132 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 3133 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 3134 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 3135 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 3136 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 3137 Martin of CMU. 3138 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 3139 strength factor. 3140 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 3141 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 3142 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 3143 of CMU. 3144 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 3145 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 3146 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 3147 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 3148 documented, unless a family is specified in a 3149 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 3150 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 3151 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 3152 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 3153 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 3154 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3155 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 3156 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 3157 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 3158 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 3159 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 3160 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3161 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 3162 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 3163 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 3164 of Sun Microsystems. 3165 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 3166 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 3167 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 3168 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 3169 the incoming information in the queue file for later 3170 delivery attempts. 3171 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 3172 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 3173 smoe.org. 3174 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 3175 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 3176 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3177 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 3178 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 3179 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 3180 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 3181 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 3182 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3183 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 3184 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 3185 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3186 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 3187 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 3188 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 3189 of Northern Illinois University. 3190 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 3191 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3192 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 3193 to kilobyte units. 3194 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 3195 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 3196 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 3197 Polytechnic. 3198 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 3199 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 3200 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 3201 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3202 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 3203 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 3204 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3205 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 3206 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3207 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 3208 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 3209 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 3210 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 3211 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 3212 G. Thomas Consulting. 3213 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 3214 port number (113). 3215 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 3216 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3217 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 3218 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 3219 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3220 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 3221 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 3222 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 3223 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3224 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 3225 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 3226 University of Mainz. 3227 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 3228 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 3229 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 3230 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3231 Portability: 3232 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 3233 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 3234 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 3235 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 3236 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 3237 work properly causing problems if the accept() 3238 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 3239 from Tom Moore of NCR. 3240 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 3241 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 3242 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 3243 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 3244 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 3245 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 3246 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3247 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 3248 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3249 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3250 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 3251 confCACERT CACERTFile 3252 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 3253 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 3254 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 3255 confRAND_FILE RandFile 3256 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 3257 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 3258 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 3259 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 3260 cf/README for more information. 3261 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 3262 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 3263 called due to a STARTTLS command. 3264 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 3265 instead of temporary. 3266 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 3267 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 3268 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 3269 Consulting. 3270 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 3271 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 3272 RootsWeb.com. 3273 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 3274 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 3275 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 3276 University of Maryland. 3277 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 3278 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3279 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 3280 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 3281 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 3282 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 3283 of the University of Alberta. 3284 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 3285 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 3286 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 3287 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 3288 of X.509 certificates. 3289 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 3290 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3291 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3292 Universitat Regensburg. 3293 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3294 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3295 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3296 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3297 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3298 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3299 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3300 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3301 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3302 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3303 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3304 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3305 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3306 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3307 University. 3308 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3309 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3310 links. 3311 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3312 reported. 3313 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3314 Denman Tire Corporation. 3315 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3316 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3317 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3318 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3319 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3320 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3321 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3322 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3323 have a From line. 3324 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3325 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3326 Added Files: 3327 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3328 contrib/cidrexpand 3329 contrib/link_hash.sh 3330 contrib/movemail.conf 3331 contrib/movemail.pl 3332 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3333 test/t_snprintf.c 3334 33358.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3336 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3337 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3338 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3339 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3340 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3341 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3342 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3343 Added Files: 3344 test/t_setuid.c 3345 33468.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3347 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3348 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3349 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3350 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3351 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3352 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3353 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3354 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3355 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3356 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3357 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3358 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3359 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3360 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3361 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3362 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3363 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3364 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3365 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3366 or higher. 3367 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3368 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3369 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3370 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3371 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3372 Polytechnic Institute. 3373 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3374 discards the message. 3375 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3376 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3377 attempted to the alias. 3378 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3379 flag options. 3380 Portability: 3381 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3382 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3383 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3384 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3385 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3386 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3387 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3388 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3389 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3390 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3391 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3392 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3393 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3394 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3395 Services, LLC. 3396 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3397 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3398 Courtesan Consulting. 3399 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3400 Siemens Business Services. 3401 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3402 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3403 of WSRCC. 3404 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3405 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3406 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3407 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3408 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3409 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3410 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3411 of NEC. 3412 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3413 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3414 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3415 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3416 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3417 Virginia Tech. 3418 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3419 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3420 University. 3421 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3422 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3423 release. 3424 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3425 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3426 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3427 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3428 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3429 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3430 Sendmail. 3431 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3432 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3433 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3434 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3435 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3436 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3437 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3438 Northern Illinois University. 3439 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3440 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3441 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3442 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3443 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3444 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3445 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3446 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3447 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3448 Added Files: 3449 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3450 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3451 Deleted Files: 3452 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3453 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3454 doc/intro 3455 doc/usenix 3456 doc/changes 3457 34588.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3459 ************************************************************* 3460 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3461 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3462 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3463 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3464 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3465 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3466 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3467 * coach, and a friend. * 3468 * * 3469 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3470 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3471 * Julie, we miss you! * 3472 ************************************************************* 3473 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3474 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3475 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3476 symbolic link target. 3477 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3478 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3479 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3480 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3481 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3482 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3483 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3484 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3485 version of sendmail. 3486 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3487 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3488 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3489 (IdS). 3490 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3491 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3492 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3493 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3494 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3495 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3496 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3497 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3498 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3499 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3500 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3501 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3502 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3503 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3504 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3505 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3506 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3507 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3508 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3509 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3510 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3511 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3512 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3513 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3514 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3515 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3516 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3517 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3518 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3519 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3520 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3521 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3522 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3523 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3524 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3525 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3526 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3527 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3528 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3529 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3530 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3531 accordingly. 3532 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3533 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3534 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3535 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3536 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3537 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3538 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3539 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3540 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3541 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3542 InCert Software. 3543 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3544 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3545 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3546 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3547 a control socket request. 3548 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3549 settings: 3550 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3551 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3552 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3553 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3554 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3555 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3556 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3557 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3558 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3559 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3560 delivery attempt. 3561 Timeout.resolver.retry 3562 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3563 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3564 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3565 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3566 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3567 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3568 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3569 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3570 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3571 delivery attempt. 3572 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3573 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3574 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3575 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3576 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3577 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3578 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3579 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3580 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3581 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3582 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3583 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3584 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3585 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3586 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3587 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3588 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3589 Telecommunications Ltd. 3590 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3591 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3592 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3593 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3594 Inc. 3595 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3596 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3597 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3598 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3599 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3600 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3601 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3602 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3603 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3604 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3605 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3606 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3607 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3608 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3609 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3610 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3611 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3612 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3613 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3614 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3615 Ltd. 3616 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3617 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3618 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3619 example mailer might be: 3620 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3621 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3622 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3623 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3624 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3625 instead. 3626 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3627 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3628 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3629 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3630 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3631 flags. 3632 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3633 body of the original message on delivery status 3634 notifications. 3635 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3636 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3637 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3638 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3639 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3640 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3641 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3642 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3643 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3644 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3645 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3646 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3647 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3648 Conwell of Boston University. 3649 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3650 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3651 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3652 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3653 @Home Network. 3654 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3655 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3656 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3657 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3658 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3659 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3660 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3661 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3662 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3663 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3664 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3665 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3666 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3667 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3668 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3669 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3670 Mathias Herberts. 3671 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3672 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3673 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3674 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3675 in check_compat). 3676 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3677 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3678 option. 3679 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3680 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3681 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3682 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3683 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3684 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3685 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3686 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3687 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3688 is set. 3689 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3690 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3691 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3692 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3693 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3694 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3695 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3696 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3697 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3698 a denial-of-service attack. 3699 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3700 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3701 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3702 overflow attacks. 3703 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3704 alias recursion. 3705 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3706 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3707 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3708 directly before the newline. 3709 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3710 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3711 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3712 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3713 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3714 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3715 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3716 could not be opened. 3717 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3718 value of this option is macro expanded. 3719 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3720 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3721 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3722 (along with the already existing macros): 3723 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3724 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3725 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3726 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3727 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3728 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3729 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3730 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3731 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3732 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3733 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3734 loopback net. 3735 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3736 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3737 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3738 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3739 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3740 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3741 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3742 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3743 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3744 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3745 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3746 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3747 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3748 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3749 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3750 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3751 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3752 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3753 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3754 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3755 Ericsson. 3756 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3757 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3758 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3759 of Ericsson. 3760 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3761 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3762 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3763 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3764 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3765 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3766 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3767 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3768 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3769 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3770 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3771 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3772 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3773 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3774 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3775 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3776 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3777 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3778 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3779 equate name. 3780 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3781 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3782 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3783 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3784 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3785 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3786 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3787 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3788 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3789 David Cooley of Colby College. 3790 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3791 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3792 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3793 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3794 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3795 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3796 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3797 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3798 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3799 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3800 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3801 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3802 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3803 of Stanford University. 3804 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3805 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3806 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3807 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3808 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3809 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3810 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3811 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3812 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3813 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3814 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3815 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3816 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3817 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3818 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3819 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3820 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3821 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3822 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3823 comma separated key and value strings. 3824 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3825 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3826 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3827 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3828 a single connection to that host. 3829 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3830 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3831 LDAP lookups. 3832 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3833 resources. 3834 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3835 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3836 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3837 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3838 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3839 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3840 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3841 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3842 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3843 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3844 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3845 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3846 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3847 with the name "*". 3848 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3849 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3850 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3851 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3852 matches to return. 3853 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3854 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3855 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3856 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3857 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3858 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3859 are defined. 3860 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3861 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3862 Tech. 3863 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3864 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3865 important if you have large classes. 3866 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3867 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3868 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3869 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3870 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3871 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3872 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3873 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3874 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3875 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3876 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3877 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3878 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3879 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3880 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3881 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3882 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3883 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3884 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3885 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3886 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3887 has no effect. 3888 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3889 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3890 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3891 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3892 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3893 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3894 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3895 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3896 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3897 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3898 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3899 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3900 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3901 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3902 10 or higher. 3903 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3904 information (from= syslog line). 3905 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3906 equate (dsn=). 3907 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3908 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3909 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3910 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3911 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3912 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3913 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3914 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3915 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3916 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3917 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3918 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3919 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3920 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3921 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3922 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3923 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3924 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3925 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3926 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3927 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3928 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3929 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3930 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3931 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3932 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3933 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3934 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3935 multiple files. 3936 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3937 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3938 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3939 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3940 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3941 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3942 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3943 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3944 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3945 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3946 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3947 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3948 length before the attempt. 3949 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3950 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3951 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3952 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3953 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3954 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3955 host status files, not all files. 3956 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3957 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3958 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3959 Wonderworks Inc. 3960 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3961 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3962 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3963 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3964 of Hannover. 3965 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3966 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3967 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3968 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3969 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3970 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3971 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3972 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3973 flag: 3974 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3975 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3976 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3977 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3978 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3979 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3980 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3981 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3982 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3983 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3984 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3985 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3986 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3987 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3988 version. 3989 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3990 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3991 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3992 if referencing a named ruleset. 3993 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3994 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3995 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3996 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3997 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3998 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3999 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 4000 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 4001 the University of Maryland. 4002 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 4003 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 4004 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 4005 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 4006 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 4007 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 4008 COMMANDS). 4009 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 4010 but for outgoing connections. 4011 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 4012 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 4013 a require authentication 4014 b bind to interface through which mail has 4015 been received 4016 c perform hostname canonification 4017 f require fully qualified hostname 4018 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 4019 command 4020 C don't perform hostname canonification 4021 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 4022 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 4023 h use name of interface for HELO command 4024 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 4025 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 4026 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 4027 Institutes of Health. 4028 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 4029 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4030 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 4031 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 4032 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4033 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 4034 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 4035 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 4036 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 4037 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 4038 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 4039 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 4040 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 4041 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 4042 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 4043 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 4044 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 4045 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 4046 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 4047 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 4048 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 4049 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 4050 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 4051 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 4052 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4053 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 4054 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 4055 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 4056 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 4057 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 4058 timeout. 4059 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 4060 interface address structure when loading the system network 4061 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 4062 Nanoteq. 4063 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 4064 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 4065 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 4066 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 4067 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 4068 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 4069 on load average. 4070 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4071 Northern Illinois University. 4072 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 4073 envelope splitting has occurred. 4074 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 4075 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 4076 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 4077 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 4078 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 4079 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4080 Institute. 4081 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 4082 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 4083 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 4084 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 4085 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 4086 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 4087 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4088 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 4089 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4090 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 4091 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4092 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 4093 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 4094 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 4095 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4096 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 4097 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 4098 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 4099 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4100 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 4101 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 4102 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 4103 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4104 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 4105 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 4106 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4107 University. 4108 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 4109 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 4110 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 4111 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 4112 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 4113 ruleset lines as well. 4114 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 4115 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 4116 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 4117 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4118 Institute. 4119 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 4120 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 4121 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4122 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 4123 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 4124 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 4125 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 4126 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 4127 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 4128 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 4129 of Ericsson. 4130 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 4131 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 4132 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 4133 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4134 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 4135 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 4136 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 4137 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 4138 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 4139 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 4140 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 4141 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 4142 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 4143 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 4144 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 4145 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4146 University. 4147 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 4148 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 4149 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 4150 'sendmail -bs'. 4151 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 4152 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 4153 them in the .cf file. 4154 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 4155 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 4156 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 4157 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 4158 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 4159 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 4160 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 4161 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 4162 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4163 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 4164 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 4165 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 4166 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 4167 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4168 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 4169 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4170 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 4171 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 4172 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 4173 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 4174 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4175 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 4176 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 4177 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 4178 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 4179 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 4180 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4181 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 4182 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 4183 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 4184 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 4185 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 4186 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 4187 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 4188 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 4189 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 4190 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4191 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 4192 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 4193 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 4194 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 4195 don't fail on ANY queries. 4196 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 4197 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 4198 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4199 Northern Illinois University. 4200 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 4201 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 4202 State University. 4203 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 4204 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4205 Northern Illinois University. 4206 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 4207 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 4208 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 4209 Portability: 4210 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 4211 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 4212 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 4213 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 4214 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4215 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 4216 This allows network interface probing to work 4217 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 4218 University of Iowa. 4219 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 4220 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 4221 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 4222 name. 4223 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 4224 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 4225 Virginia Tech. 4226 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 4227 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 4228 Amsterdam. 4229 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 4230 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 4231 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 4232 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 4233 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 4234 in building the operating system. Users can 4235 override the defaults by setting confCC and 4236 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 4237 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 4238 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 4239 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 4240 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 4241 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 4242 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4243 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 4244 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4245 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 4246 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 4247 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 4248 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4249 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 4250 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 4251 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 4252 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 4253 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 4254 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 4255 use that value in conf.h. 4256 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 4257 BITart Consulting. 4258 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 4259 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 4260 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 4261 Computer, Inc. 4262 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 4263 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 4264 of E I A. 4265 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 4266 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 4267 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 4268 fchown(2). 4269 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 4270 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 4271 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 4272 srandomdev(3). 4273 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 4274 setlogin(2). 4275 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 4276 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 4277 Siemens Business Services. 4278 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 4279 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 4280 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 4281 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 4282 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 4283 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 4284 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4285 Aerospace. 4286 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 4287 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 4288 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 4289 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 4290 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4291 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4292 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4293 University. 4294 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4295 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4296 Technology Information Network. 4297 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4298 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4299 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4300 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4301 and OpenBSD. 4302 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4303 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4304 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4305 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4306 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4307 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4308 details. 4309 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4310 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4311 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4312 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4313 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4314 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4315 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4316 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4317 Courtesan Consulting. 4318 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4319 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4320 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4321 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4322 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4323 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4324 multiple times. 4325 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4326 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4327 with From:). 4328 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4329 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4330 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4331 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4332 new functionality. 4333 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4334 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4335 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4336 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4337 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4338 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4339 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4340 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4341 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4342 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4343 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4344 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4345 confPID_FILE PidFile 4346 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4347 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4348 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4349 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4350 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4351 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4352 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4353 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4354 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4355 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4356 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4357 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4358 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4359 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4360 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4361 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4362 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4363 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4364 to "IPC $h". 4365 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4366 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4367 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4368 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4369 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4370 value should be changed with care. 4371 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4372 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4373 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4374 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4375 complain. 4376 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4377 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4378 of Q7 Enterprises. 4379 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4380 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4381 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4382 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4383 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4384 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4385 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4386 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4387 of Northern Illinois University. 4388 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4389 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4390 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4391 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4392 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4393 in it. 4394 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4395 in class 'P' ($=P). 4396 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4397 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4398 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4399 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4400 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4401 is added. 4402 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4403 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4404 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4405 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4406 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4407 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4408 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4409 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4410 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4411 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4412 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4413 Hubert of University of Washington. 4414 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4415 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4416 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4417 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4418 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4419 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4420 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4421 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4422 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4423 Services. 4424 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4425 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4426 Aerospace. 4427 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4428 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4429 University and Brian Candler. 4430 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4431 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4432 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4433 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4434 Institute. 4435 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4436 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4437 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4438 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4439 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4440 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4441 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4442 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4443 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4444 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4445 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4446 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4447 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4448 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4449 converted to <user@d> 4450 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4451 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4452 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4453 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4454 performed. 4455 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4456 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4457 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4458 Institute. 4459 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4460 be accessed by their numbers). 4461 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4462 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4463 of an address. 4464 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4465 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4466 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4467 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4468 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4469 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4470 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4471 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4472 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4473 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4474 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4475 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4476 Institute. 4477 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4478 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4479 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4480 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4481 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4482 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4483 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4484 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4485 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4486 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4487 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4488 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4489 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4490 University of California at Berkeley. 4491 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4492 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4493 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4494 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4495 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4496 Corporation UK. 4497 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4498 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4499 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4500 Yale University. 4501 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4502 be used for building. 4503 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4504 used for a fresh build. 4505 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4506 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4507 ranlib. 4508 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4509 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4510 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4511 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4512 Costales. 4513 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4514 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4515 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4516 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4517 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4518 of Siemens Business Services. 4519 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4520 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4521 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4522 torek. 4523 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4524 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4525 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4526 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4527 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4528 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4529 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4530 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4531 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4532 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4533 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4534 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4535 are in devtools/README. 4536 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4537 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4538 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4539 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4540 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4541 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4542 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4543 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4544 macro. 4545 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4546 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4547 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4548 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4549 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4550 Corporation. 4551 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4552 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4553 confMANROOTMAN. 4554 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4555 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4556 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4557 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4558 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4559 Communications. 4560 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4561 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4562 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4563 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4564 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4565 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4566 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4567 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4568 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4569 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4570 install-strip target. 4571 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4572 the others (if it exists). 4573 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4574 then the default ones. 4575 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4576 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4577 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4578 to set the S flag. 4579 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4580 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4581 Northern Illinois University. 4582 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4583 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4584 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4585 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4586 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4587 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4588 University. 4589 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4590 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4591 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4592 University. 4593 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4594 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4595 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4596 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4597 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4598 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4599 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4600 University. 4601 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4602 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4603 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4604 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4605 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4606 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4607 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4608 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4609 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4610 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4611 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4612 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4613 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4614 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4615 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4616 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4617 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4618 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4619 timeout to avoid starvation. 4620 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4621 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4622 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4623 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4624 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4625 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4626 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4627 of Maryland. 4628 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4629 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4630 sendmail configuration file. 4631 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4632 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4633 option. 4634 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4635 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4636 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4637 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4638 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4639 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4640 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4641 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4642 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4643 Corporation UK. 4644 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4645 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4646 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4647 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4648 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4649 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4650 Institute for Global Communications. 4651 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4652 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4653 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4654 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4655 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4656 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4657 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4658 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4659 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4660 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4661 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4662 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4663 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4664 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4665 Changed Files: 4666 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4667 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4668 which execute the actual Build script in 4669 devtools/bin. 4670 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4671 -mandoc as they were previously. 4672 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4673 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4674 required for Build). 4675 New Directories: 4676 devtools/M4/UNIX 4677 include 4678 libmilter 4679 libsmdb 4680 libsmutil 4681 vacation 4682 Renamed Directories: 4683 BuildTools => devtools 4684 src => sendmail 4685 Deleted Files: 4686 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4687 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4688 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4689 devtools/OS/SINIX 4690 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4691 New Files: 4692 INSTALL 4693 PGPKEYS 4694 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4695 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4696 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4697 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4698 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4699 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4700 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4701 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4702 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4703 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4704 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4705 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4706 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4707 contrib/domainmap.m4 4708 contrib/qtool.8 4709 contrib/qtool.pl 4710 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4711 devtools/M4/list.m4 4712 devtools/M4/string.m4 4713 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4714 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4715 devtools/OS/Darwin 4716 devtools/OS/GNU 4717 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4718 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4719 devtools/OS/m88k 4720 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4721 mail.local/Makefile 4722 mailstats/Makefile 4723 makemap/Makefile 4724 praliases/Makefile 4725 rmail/Makefile 4726 sendmail/Makefile 4727 sendmail/bf.h 4728 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4729 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4730 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4731 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4732 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4733 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4734 sendmail/timers.c 4735 sendmail/timers.h 4736 smrsh/Makefile 4737 vacation/Makefile 4738 Renamed Files: 4739 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4740 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4741 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4742 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4743 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4744 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4745 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4746 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4747 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4748 Copied Files: 4749 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4750 47518.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4752 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4753 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4754 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4755 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4756 Schools" project (IdS). 4757 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4758 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4759 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4760 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4761 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4762 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4763 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4764 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4765 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4766 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4767 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4768 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4769 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4770 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4771 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4772 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4773 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4774 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4775 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4776 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4777 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4778 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4779 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4780 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4781 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4782 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4783 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4784 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4785 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4786 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4787 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4788 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4789 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4790 group of the IETF. 4791 Portability: 4792 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4793 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4794 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4795 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4796 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4797 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4798 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4799 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4800 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4801 Technical University of Denmark. 4802 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4803 Supercomputer Center. 4804 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4805 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4806 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4807 of Stanford University. 4808 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4809 between different releases. Back out the 4810 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4811 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4812 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4813 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4814 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4815 of Siemens/SNI. 4816 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4817 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4818 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4819 University of Brno. 4820 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4821 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4822 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4823 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4824 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4825 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4826 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4827 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4828 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4829 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4830 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4831 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4832 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4833 MIDS Europe. 4834 New Files: 4835 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4836 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4837 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4838 48398.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4840 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4841 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4842 for a denial of service attack. 4843 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4844 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4845 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4846 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4847 Corporation UK. 4848 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4849 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4850 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4851 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4852 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4853 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4854 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4855 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4856 Internet Services. 4857 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4858 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4859 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4860 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4861 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4862 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4863 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4864 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4865 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4866 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4867 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4868 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4869 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4870 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4871 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4872 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4873 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4874 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4875 Internet Services. 4876 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4877 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4878 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4879 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4880 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4881 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4882 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4883 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4884 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4885 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4886 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4887 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4888 extended testing. 4889 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4890 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4891 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4892 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4893 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4894 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4895 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4896 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4897 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4898 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4899 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4900 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4901 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4902 Network. 4903 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4904 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4905 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4906 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4907 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4908 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4909 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4910 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4911 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4912 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4913 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4914 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4915 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4916 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4917 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4918 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4919 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4920 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4921 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4922 Meteorological Institute. 4923 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4924 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4925 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4926 Portability: 4927 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4928 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4929 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4930 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4931 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4932 reading network interface addresses into 4933 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4934 Cal State University, Chico. 4935 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4936 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4937 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4938 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4939 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4940 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4941 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4942 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4943 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4944 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4945 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4946 of Sun Microsystems. 4947 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4948 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4949 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4950 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4951 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4952 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4953 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4954 of E I A. 4955 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4956 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4957 Information Center. 4958 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4959 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4960 Institute. 4961 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4962 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4963 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4964 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4965 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4966 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4967 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4968 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4969 Manawatu Internet Services. 4970 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4971 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4972 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4973 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4974 of Northern Illinois University. 4975 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4976 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4977 Kiel. 4978 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4979 Dot Com. 4980 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4981 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4982 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4983 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4984 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4985 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4986 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4987 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4988 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4989 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4990 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4991 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4992 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4993 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4994 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4995 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4996 the envelope From header. 4997 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4998 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4999 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 5000 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 5001 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 5002 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 5003 Portal Services, Inc. 5004 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 5005 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 5006 Sun Microsystems. 5007 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5008 New Files: 5009 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 5010 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 5011 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 5012 contrib/smcontrol.pl 5013 src/control.c 5014 50158.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 5016 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 5017 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 5018 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 5019 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 5020 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 5021 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 5022 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5023 Meteorological Institute. 5024 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 5025 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 5026 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5027 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 5028 installation commands. The man pages would still be 5029 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 5030 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5031 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 5032 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5033 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 5034 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 5035 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 5036 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 5037 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 5038 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 5039 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 5040 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 5041 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 5042 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 5043 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 5044 Flextech TV. 5045 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 5046 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 5047 DaveLtd Enterprises. 5048 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 5049 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 5050 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 5051 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 5052 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 5053 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 5054 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 5055 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 5056 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 5057 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 5058 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 5059 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 5060 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 5061 University. 5062 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 5063 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 5064 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 5065 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 5066 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 5067 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 5068 Portability: 5069 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 5070 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 5071 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 5072 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 5073 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 5074 of BSDI. 5075 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 5076 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 5077 PICT Inc. 5078 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 5079 J. P. McCann of E I A. 5080 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 5081 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 5082 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 5083 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 5084 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 5085 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5086 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 5087 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 5088 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5089 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 5090 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 5091 would not accept @@hostname. 5092 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 5093 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 5094 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 5095 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 5096 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5097 New Files: 5098 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 5099 51008.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 5101 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 5102 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 5103 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 5104 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 5105 which need the ability to override security can use the 5106 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 5107 information. 5108 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5109 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5110 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 5111 world writable directories. 5112 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 5113 it is in a world writable directory. 5114 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 5115 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 5116 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 5117 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5118 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5119 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 5120 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 5121 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5122 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 5123 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 5124 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 5125 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 5126 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 5127 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 5128 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 5129 default. 5130 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 5131 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 5132 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 5133 the University of Maryland. 5134 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 5135 of Cal State University, Chico. 5136 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 5137 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 5138 current version of Berkeley DB. 5139 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 5140 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 5141 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 5142 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 5143 of Maryland. 5144 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 5145 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 5146 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 5147 Microsystems. 5148 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 5149 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 5150 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 5151 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 5152 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 5153 mail.local on the F=z flag. 5154 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 5155 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 5156 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 5157 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 5158 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 5159 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 5160 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 5161 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5162 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5163 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 5164 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 5165 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 5166 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5167 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 5168 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 5169 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 5170 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 5171 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 5172 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 5173 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 5174 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 5175 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 5176 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 5177 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 5178 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 5179 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 5180 relaying entirely. 5181 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 5182 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 5183 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 5184 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 5185 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 5186 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 5187 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 5188 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5189 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 5190 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 5191 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 5192 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 5193 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5194 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 5195 sender for those failures. 5196 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 5197 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 5198 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 5199 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 5200 of Ericsson. 5201 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 5202 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 5203 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5204 of Procter & Gamble. 5205 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 5206 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 5207 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5208 of Procter & Gamble. 5209 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 5210 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 5211 of system security. This should only be used if you are 5212 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 5213 DontBlameSendmail options are: 5214 Safe 5215 AssumeSafeChown 5216 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 5217 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 5218 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 5219 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 5220 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 5221 GroupWritableAliasFile 5222 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 5223 WorldWritableAliasFile 5224 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5225 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5226 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 5227 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 5228 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5229 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5230 MapInUnsafeDirPath 5231 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 5232 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 5233 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 5234 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 5235 LinkedMapInWritableDir 5236 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 5237 FileDeliveryToHardLink 5238 FileDeliveryToSymLink 5239 WriteMapToHardLink 5240 WriteMapToSymLink 5241 WriteStatsToHardLink 5242 WriteStatsToSymLink 5243 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 5244 RunWritableProgram 5245 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 5246 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 5247 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 5248 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 5249 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 5250 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 5251 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 5252 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 5253 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 5254 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 5255 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 5256 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 5257 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 5258 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 5259 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 5260 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 5261 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 5262 contrast to the success case). 5263 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 5264 of the form: 5265 HHeader: $>Ruleset 5266 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 5267 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 5268 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 5269 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 5270 from hiding their connection information in Received: 5271 headers. 5272 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 5273 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 5274 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 5275 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 5276 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 5277 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 5278 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 5279 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 5280 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 5281 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 5282 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 5283 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 5284 remote identity can be queried. 5285 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 5286 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 5287 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 5288 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5289 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 5290 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5291 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5292 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5293 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5294 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5295 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5296 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5297 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5298 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5299 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5300 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5301 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5302 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5303 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5304 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5305 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5306 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5307 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5308 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5309 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5310 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5311 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5312 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5313 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5314 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5315 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5316 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5317 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5318 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5319 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5320 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5321 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5322 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5323 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5324 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5325 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5326 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5327 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5328 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5329 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5330 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5331 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5332 Institute. 5333 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5334 mail.local. 5335 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5336 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5337 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5338 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5339 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5340 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5341 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5342 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5343 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5344 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5345 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5346 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5347 mailstats command. 5348 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5349 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5350 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5351 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5352 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5353 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5354 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5355 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5356 Ericsson. 5357 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5358 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5359 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5360 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5361 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5362 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5363 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5364 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5365 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5366 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5367 currently supported version. 5368 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5369 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5370 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5371 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5372 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5373 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5374 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5375 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5376 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5377 message in error bounces. 5378 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5379 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5380 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5381 Portability: 5382 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5383 of Kyoto University. 5384 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5385 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5386 Maryland. 5387 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5388 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5389 in Finland. 5390 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5391 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5392 the University of Maryland. 5393 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5394 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5395 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5396 Meteorological Institute. 5397 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5398 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5399 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5400 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5401 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5402 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5403 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5404 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5405 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5406 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5407 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5408 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5409 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5410 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5411 Microsystems. 5412 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5413 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5414 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5415 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5416 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5417 directory for certain programs. 5418 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5419 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5420 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5421 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5422 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5423 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5424 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5425 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5426 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5427 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5428 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5429 the user to setup different .forward files for 5430 user+detail addressing. 5431 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5432 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5433 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5434 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5435 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5436 outside your domain). 5437 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5438 any site to any site. 5439 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5440 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5441 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5442 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5443 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5444 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5445 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5446 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5447 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5448 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5449 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5450 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5451 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5452 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5453 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5454 host names only. 5455 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5456 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5457 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5458 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5459 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5460 needed for most installations. 5461 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5462 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5463 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5464 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5465 the University of Maryland. 5466 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5467 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5468 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5469 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5470 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5471 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5472 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5473 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5474 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5475 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5476 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5477 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5478 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5479 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5480 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5481 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5482 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5483 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5484 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5485 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5486 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5487 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5488 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5489 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5490 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5491 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5492 above for more information. 5493 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5494 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5495 Meteorological Institute. 5496 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5497 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5498 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5499 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5500 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5501 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5502 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5503 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5504 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5505 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5506 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5507 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5508 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5509 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5510 CMU (now of Netscape). 5511 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5512 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5513 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5514 read mail.local/README. 5515 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5516 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5517 University of Maryland. 5518 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5519 University, Chico. 5520 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5521 Meteorological Institute. 5522 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5523 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5524 University of Maryland. 5525 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5526 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5527 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5528 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5529 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5530 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5531 Braunschweig. 5532 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5533 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5534 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5535 Changed Files: 5536 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5537 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5538 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5539 New Files: 5540 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5541 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5542 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5543 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5544 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5545 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5546 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5547 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5548 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5549 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5550 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5551 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5552 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5553 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5554 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5555 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5556 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5557 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5558 BuildTools/README 5559 BuildTools/Site/README 5560 BuildTools/bin/Build 5561 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5562 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5563 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5564 Makefile 5565 cf/cf/Build 5566 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5567 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5568 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5569 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5570 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5571 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5572 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5573 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5574 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5575 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5576 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5577 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5578 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5579 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5580 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5581 mail.local/Build 5582 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5583 mail.local/README 5584 mailstats/Build 5585 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5586 makemap/Build 5587 makemap/Makefile.m4 5588 praliases/Build 5589 praliases/Makefile.m4 5590 rmail/Build 5591 rmail/Makefile.m4 5592 rmail/rmail.0 5593 smrsh/Build 5594 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5595 src/Build 5596 src/Makefile.m4 5597 src/snprintf.c 5598 Deleted Files: 5599 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5600 mail.local/Makefile 5601 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5602 mailstats/Makefile 5603 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5604 makemap/Makefile 5605 makemap/Makefile.dist 5606 praliases/Makefile 5607 praliases/Makefile.dist 5608 rmail/Makefile 5609 smrsh/Makefile 5610 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5611 src/Makefile 5612 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5613 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5614 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5615 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5616 Renamed Files: 5617 READ_ME => README 5618 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5619 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5620 src/READ_ME => src/README 5621 56228.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5623 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5624 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5625 Meteorological Institute. 5626 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5627 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5628 Arseneault of SRI International. 5629 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5630 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5631 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5632 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5633 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5634 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5635 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5636 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5637 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5638 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5639 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5640 River Systems. 5641 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5642 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5643 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5644 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5645 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5646 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5647 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5648 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5649 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5650 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5651 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5652 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5653 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5654 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5655 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5656 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5657 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5658 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5659 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5660 results during a single message processing (but would 5661 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5662 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5663 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5664 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5665 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5666 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5667 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5668 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5669 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5670 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5671 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5672 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5673 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5674 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5675 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5676 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5677 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5678 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5679 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5680 Associates. 5681 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5682 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5683 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5684 could cause confusing error messages. 5685 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5686 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5687 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5688 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5689 SuperNet, Inc. 5690 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5691 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5692 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5693 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5694 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5695 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5696 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5697 dropped. 5698 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5699 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5700 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5701 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5702 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5703 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5704 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5705 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5706 Institute. 5707 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5708 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5709 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5710 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5711 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5712 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5713 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5714 Minor lint fixes. 5715 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5716 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5717 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5718 of Stanford University. 5719 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5720 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5721 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5722 Portability: 5723 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5724 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5725 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5726 Electronic Data Systems. 5727 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5728 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5729 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5730 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5731 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5732 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5733 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5734 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5735 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5736 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5737 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5738 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5739 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5740 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5741 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5742 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5743 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5744 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5745 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5746 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5747 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5748 Services. 5749 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5750 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5751 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5752 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5753 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5754 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5755 Services VAS. 5756 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5757 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5758 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5759 Ericsson. 5760 57618.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5762 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5763 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5764 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5765 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5766 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5767 GmbH. 5768 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5769 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5770 of Technology, Stockholm. 5771 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5772 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5773 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5774 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5775 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5776 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5777 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5778 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5779 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5780 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5781 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5782 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5783 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5784 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5785 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5786 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5787 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5788 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5789 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5790 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5791 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5792 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5793 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5794 have to assume that the information is good. 5795 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5796 open or locked. 5797 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5798 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5799 errors during testing. 5800 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5801 printed in the error message. 5802 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5803 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5804 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5805 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5806 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5807 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5808 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5809 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5810 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5811 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5812 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5813 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5814 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5815 Results Computing. 5816 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5817 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5818 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5819 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5820 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5821 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5822 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5823 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5824 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5825 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5826 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5827 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5828 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5829 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5830 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5831 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5832 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5833 simultaneously. 5834 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5835 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5836 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5837 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5838 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5839 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5840 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5841 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5842 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5843 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5844 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5845 CSU Chico. 5846 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5847 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5848 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5849 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5850 Portability: 5851 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5852 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5853 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5854 be used instead. 5855 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5856 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5857 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5858 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5859 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5860 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5861 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5862 in Makefiles. 5863 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5864 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5865 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5866 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5867 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5868 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5869 NCR Corp. 5870 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5871 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5872 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5873 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5874 Resource Network 5875 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5876 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5877 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5878 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5879 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5880 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5881 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5882 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5883 Corp. 5884 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5885 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5886 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5887 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5888 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5889 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5890 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5891 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5892 PlainTalk. 5893 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5894 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5895 by Harry Styron. 5896 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5897 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5898 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5899 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5900 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5901 changed after open". 5902 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5903 files. 5904 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5905 NEW FILES: 5906 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5907 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5908 test/t_exclopen.c 5909 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5910 DELETED FILES: 5911 Makefile 5912 59138.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5914 ************************************************************* 5915 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5916 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5917 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5918 * continued sendmail development. * 5919 ************************************************************* 5920 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5921 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5922 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5923 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5924 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5925 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5926 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5927 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5928 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5929 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5930 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5931 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5932 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5933 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5934 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5935 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5936 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5937 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5938 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5939 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5940 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5941 another database; this can be used either to expose 5942 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5943 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5944 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5945 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5946 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5947 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5948 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5949 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5950 system directories. 5951 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5952 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5953 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5954 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5955 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5956 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5957 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5958 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5959 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5960 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5961 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5962 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5963 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5964 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5965 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5966 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5967 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5968 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5969 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5970 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5971 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5972 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5973 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5974 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5975 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5976 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5977 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5978 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5979 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5980 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5981 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5982 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5983 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5984 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5985 same host). 5986 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5987 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5988 from Theo de Raadt. 5989 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5990 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5991 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5992 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5993 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5994 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5995 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5996 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5997 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5998 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5999 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 6000 Microsystems. 6001 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 6002 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 6003 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6004 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 6005 too large) don't send the bogus message. 6006 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 6007 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 6008 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6009 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 6010 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 6011 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 6012 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 6013 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 6014 Shapiro. 6015 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 6016 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 6017 Sun Microsystems. 6018 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 6019 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 6020 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 6021 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 6022 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 6023 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 6024 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 6025 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 6026 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 6027 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 6028 Mercury Mail. 6029 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 6030 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 6031 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 6032 Morgan Stanley. 6033 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 6034 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 6035 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 6036 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6037 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 6038 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 6039 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 6040 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 6041 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 6042 not be run. 6043 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 6044 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 6045 printing. 6046 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 6047 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 6048 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6049 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 6050 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 6051 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 6052 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 6053 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 6054 erroneous results during a single message processing 6055 (but would recover when the next message was received). 6056 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 6057 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 6058 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 6059 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 6060 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 6061 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 6062 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 6063 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 6064 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 6065 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 6066 address as "may be forged". 6067 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 6068 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 6069 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 6070 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 6071 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 6072 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 6073 of TwinCom. 6074 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 6075 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 6076 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 6077 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 6078 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 6079 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 6080 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 6081 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 6082 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6083 Institute. 6084 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 6085 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 6086 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 6087 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 6088 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 6089 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 6090 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 6091 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 6092 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 6093 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 6094 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 6095 book (2nd edition). 6096 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 6097 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 6098 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 6099 John Beck of SunSoft. 6100 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 6101 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 6102 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 6103 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 6104 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 6105 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 6106 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 6107 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 6108 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 6109 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 6110 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 6111 returns. 6112 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 6113 on some architectures. 6114 Portability: 6115 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 6116 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 6117 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 6118 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 6119 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 6120 of Washington. 6121 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 6122 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 6123 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6124 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 6125 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 6126 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 6127 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 6128 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 6129 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 6130 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6131 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 6132 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 6133 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 6134 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 6135 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 6136 Cambridge. 6137 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 6138 Kari Hurtta. 6139 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 6140 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 6141 IRIX Makefile). 6142 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 6143 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6144 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 6145 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 6146 Brian Candler. 6147 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 6148 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 6149 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6150 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 6151 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 6152 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6153 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 6154 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 6155 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 6156 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 6157 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 6158 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6159 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 6160 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 6161 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 6162 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 6163 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 6164 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 6165 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 6166 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6167 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 6168 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 6169 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 6170 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 6171 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 6172 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 6173 was specified, even when it wasn't. 6174 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 6175 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 6176 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 6177 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 6178 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 6179 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 6180 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 6181 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 6182 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 6183 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 6184 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 6185 developers). 6186 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 6187 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 6188 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6189 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 6190 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 6191 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 6192 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 6193 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 6194 NEXTSTEP. 6195 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 6196 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 6197 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 6198 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 6199 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6200 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 6201 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 6202 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 6203 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 6204 for system accounts. 6205 NEW FILES: 6206 src/safefile.c 6207 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 6208 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 6209 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 6210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 6211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 6212 RENAMED FILES: 6213 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 6214 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 6215 62168.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 6217 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 6218 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 6219 even if RunAsUser is specified. 6220 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 6221 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 6222 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6223 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 6224 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 6225 University of Pennsylvania. 6226 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 6227 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 6228 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 6229 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 6230 was unnecessarily awful. 6231 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 6232 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 6233 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 6234 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 6235 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 6236 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 6237 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 6238 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 6239 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6240 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 6241 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6242 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 6243 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 6244 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6245 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 6246 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 6247 Semiconductor Corp. 6248 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 6249 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 6250 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 6251 at Austin. 6252 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 6253 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 6254 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 6255 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 6256 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6257 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 6258 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 6259 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 6260 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 6261 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 6262 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 6263 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 6264 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 6265 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 6266 Costales. 6267 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 6268 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 6269 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 6270 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 6271 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 6272 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 6273 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 6274 The current values and defaults are: 6275 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 6276 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 6277 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 6278 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 6279 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 6280 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 6281 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 6282 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 6283 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 6284 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6285 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 6286 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 6287 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 6288 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 6289 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 6290 Eric Hagberg. 6291 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6292 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6293 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6294 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6295 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6296 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6297 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6298 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6299 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6300 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6301 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6302 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6303 Communications. 6304 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6305 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6306 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6307 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6308 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6309 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6310 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6311 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6312 PORTABILITY: 6313 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6314 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6315 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6316 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6317 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6318 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6319 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6320 (Moscow). 6321 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6322 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6323 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6324 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6325 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6326 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6327 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6328 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6329 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6330 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6331 Received: line. 6332 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6333 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6334 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6335 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6336 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6337 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6338 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6339 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6340 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6341 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6342 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6343 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6344 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6345 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6346 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6347 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6348 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6349 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6350 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6351 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6352 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6353 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6354 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6355 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6356 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6357 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6358 Long Beach. 6359 63608.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6361 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6362 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6363 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6364 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6365 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6366 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6367 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6368 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6369 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6370 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6371 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6372 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6373 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6374 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6375 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6376 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6377 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6378 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6379 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6380 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6381 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6382 Problem noted by several people. 6383 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6384 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6385 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6386 by several people. 6387 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6388 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6389 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6390 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6391 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6392 of Best Internet Communications. 6393 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6394 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6395 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6396 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6397 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6398 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6399 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6400 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6401 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6402 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6403 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6404 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6405 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6406 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6407 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6408 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6409 by Roy Mongiovi. 6410 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6411 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6412 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6413 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6414 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6415 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6416 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6417 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6418 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6419 of Kyoto University. 6420 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6421 conditions from Don Lewis. 6422 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6423 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6424 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6425 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6426 patch from Bryan Costales. 6427 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6428 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6429 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6430 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6431 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6432 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6433 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6434 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6435 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6436 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6437 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6438 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6439 of Tokyo. 6440 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6441 Services, Inc. 6442 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6443 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6444 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6445 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6446 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6447 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6448 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6449 than one long one. By popular demand. 6450 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6451 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6452 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6453 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6454 of NTT Software Corporation. 6455 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6456 NEW FILES: 6457 contrib/etrn.pl 6458 64598.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6460 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6461 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6462 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6463 best-of-security list. 6464 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6465 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6466 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6467 the wrong binary. 6468 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6469 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6470 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6471 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6472 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6473 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6474 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6475 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6476 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6477 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6478 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6479 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6480 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6481 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6482 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6483 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6484 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6485 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6486 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6487 Eric Wassenaar. 6488 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6489 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6490 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6491 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6492 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6493 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6494 UUNET. 6495 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6496 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6497 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6498 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6499 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6500 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6501 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6502 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6503 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6504 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6505 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6506 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6507 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6508 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6509 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6510 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6511 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6512 University of Linkoping. 6513 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6514 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6515 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6516 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6517 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6518 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6519 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6520 other end. 6521 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6522 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6523 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6524 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6525 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6526 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6527 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6528 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6529 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6530 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6531 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6532 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6533 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6534 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6535 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6536 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6537 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6538 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6539 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6540 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6541 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6542 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6543 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6544 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6545 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6546 Earickson of Colby College. 6547 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6548 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6549 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6550 Kari Hurtta. 6551 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6552 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6553 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6554 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6555 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6556 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6557 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6558 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6559 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6560 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6561 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6562 University of Washington, Seattle. 6563 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6564 Polytechnic Institute. 6565 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6566 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6567 NEW FILES: 6568 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6569 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6570 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6571 65728.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6573 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6574 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6575 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6576 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6577 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6578 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6579 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6580 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6581 CONFIG: no changes. 6582 65838.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6584 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6585 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6586 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6587 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6588 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6589 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6590 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6591 of WPI. 6592 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6593 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6594 Kyoto University. 6595 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6596 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6597 on illegal host names. 6598 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6599 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6600 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6601 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6602 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6603 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6604 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6605 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6606 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6607 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6608 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6609 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6610 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6611 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6612 University of Leicester. 6613 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6614 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6615 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6616 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6617 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6618 University of Washington. 6619 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6620 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6621 people pointed this out. 6622 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6623 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6624 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6625 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6626 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6627 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6628 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6629 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6630 Softec. 6631 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6632 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6633 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6634 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6635 66368.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6637 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6638 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6639 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6640 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6641 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6642 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6643 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6644 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6645 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6646 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6647 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6648 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6649 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6650 NSC (Japan). 6651 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6652 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6653 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6654 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6655 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6656 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6657 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6658 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6659 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6660 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6661 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6662 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6663 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6664 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6665 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6666 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6667 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6668 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6669 printout. 6670 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6671 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6672 square braces. 6673 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6674 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6675 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6676 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6677 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6678 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6679 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6680 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6681 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6682 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6683 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6684 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6685 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6686 Dandelion Digital. 6687 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6688 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6689 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6690 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6691 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6692 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6693 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6694 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6695 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6696 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6697 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6698 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6699 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6700 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6701 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6702 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6703 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6704 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6705 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6706 mailers. 6707 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6708 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6709 Myers of CMU. 6710 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6711 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6712 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6713 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6714 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6715 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6716 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6717 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6718 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6719 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6720 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6721 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6722 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6723 parameter. 6724 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6725 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6726 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6727 University of Maryland. 6728 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6729 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6730 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6731 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6732 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6733 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6734 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6735 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6736 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6737 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6738 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6739 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6740 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6741 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6742 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6743 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6744 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6745 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6746 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6747 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6748 section 5.2.5. 6749 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6750 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6751 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6752 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6753 is for incoming connections only. 6754 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6755 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6756 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6757 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6758 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6759 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6760 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6761 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6762 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6763 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6764 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6765 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6766 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6767 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6768 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6769 that take a very long time to run. 6770 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6771 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6772 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6773 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6774 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6775 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6776 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6777 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6778 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6779 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6780 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6781 Costales. 6782 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6783 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6784 Technologies, Inc. 6785 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6786 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6787 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6788 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6789 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6790 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6791 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6792 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6793 different for this case. 6794 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6795 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6796 of Stanford University. 6797 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6798 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6799 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6800 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6801 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6802 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6803 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6804 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6805 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6806 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6807 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6808 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6809 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6810 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6811 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6812 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6813 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6814 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6815 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6816 Pasteur Institute. 6817 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6818 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6819 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6820 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6821 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6822 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6823 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6824 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6825 canonification. 6826 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6827 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6828 mailers. 6829 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6830 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6831 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6832 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6833 either of these in their configuration file. 6834 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6835 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6836 St. Peter's College. 6837 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6838 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6839 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6840 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6841 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6842 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6843 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6844 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6845 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6846 Costales. 6847 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6848 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6849 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6850 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6851 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6852 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6853 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6854 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6855 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6856 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6857 in rulesets. 6858 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6859 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6860 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6861 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6862 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6863 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6864 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6865 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6866 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6867 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6868 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6869 on that basis. 6870 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6871 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6872 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6873 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6874 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6875 Vixie. 6876 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6877 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6878 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6879 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6880 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6881 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6882 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6883 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6884 two characters $, +. 6885 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6886 debug_dumpstate. 6887 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6888 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6889 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6890 valid recipients. 6891 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6892 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6893 noted by Tom May. 6894 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6895 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6896 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6897 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6898 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6899 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6900 Computing Corporation. 6901 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6902 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6903 Internet Communications. 6904 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6905 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6906 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6907 of Lysator. 6908 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6909 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6910 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6911 of the University of Iceland. 6912 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6913 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6914 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6915 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6916 this change is a no-op. 6917 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6918 Costales. 6919 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6920 Bryan Costales. 6921 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6922 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6923 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6924 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6925 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6926 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6927 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6928 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6929 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6930 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6931 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6932 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6933 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6934 Jones of UUNET. 6935 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6936 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6937 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6938 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6939 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6940 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6941 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6942 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6943 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6944 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6945 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6946 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6947 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6948 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6949 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6950 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6951 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6952 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6953 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6954 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6955 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6956 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6957 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6958 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6959 of Stanford University. 6960 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6961 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6962 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6963 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6964 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6965 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6966 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6967 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6968 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6969 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6970 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6971 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6972 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6973 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6974 Motonori Nakamura. 6975 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6976 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6977 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6978 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6979 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6980 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6981 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6982 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6983 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6984 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6985 value is ".hoststat". 6986 There are also two new operation modes: 6987 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6988 connections. 6989 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6990 recent status information. 6991 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6992 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6993 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6994 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6995 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6996 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6997 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6998 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6999 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 7000 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 7001 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 7002 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 7003 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 7004 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 7005 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 7006 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 7007 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 7008 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 7009 Costales. 7010 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 7011 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7012 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 7013 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 7014 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 7015 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7016 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 7017 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 7018 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 7019 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 7020 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 7021 Webmasters. 7022 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 7023 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 7024 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 7025 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 7026 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 7027 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 7028 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 7029 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 7030 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 7031 of Washington, Seattle. 7032 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 7033 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 7034 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 7035 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 7036 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 7037 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 7038 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 7039 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 7040 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 7041 Nakamura. 7042 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 7043 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 7044 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 7045 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 7046 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 7047 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 7048 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 7049 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 7050 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 7051 well constrained. 7052 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 7053 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 7054 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 7055 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 7056 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 7057 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 7058 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 7059 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 7060 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 7061 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 7062 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 7063 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 7064 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 7065 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 7066 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 7067 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 7068 Wolfhugel. 7069 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 7070 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 7071 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 7072 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 7073 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7074 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 7075 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7076 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 7077 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 7078 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 7079 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 7080 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 7081 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 7082 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 7083 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 7084 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 7085 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 7086 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 7087 National University of Singapore. 7088 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 7089 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 7090 system can't cope with. 7091 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7092 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 7093 Atlas International. 7094 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 7095 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 7096 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 7097 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 7098 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 7099 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 7100 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 7101 Bernstein and Associates. 7102 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 7103 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 7104 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 7105 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 7106 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7107 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 7108 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 7109 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 7110 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 7111 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 7112 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 7113 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 7114 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 7115 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 7116 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 7117 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 7118 Institute. 7119 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 7120 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 7121 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 7122 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 7123 Employment Standards Administration. 7124 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 7125 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 7126 Jr. 7127 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 7128 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 7129 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 7130 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7131 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 7132 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 7133 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 7134 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 7135 of the University of Arizona. 7136 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 7137 Vanderbilt University. 7138 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 7139 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 7140 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 7141 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 7142 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 7143 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7144 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 7145 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 7146 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 7147 Foundation. 7148 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 7149 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 7150 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 7151 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 7152 Myers of CMU. 7153 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 7154 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 7155 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 7156 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 7157 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 7158 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 7159 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 7160 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 7161 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 7162 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 7163 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 7164 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 7165 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 7166 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 7167 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 7168 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 7169 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 7170 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7171 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 7172 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 7173 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 7174 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 7175 info@foo.com foo-info 7176 info@bar.com bar-info 7177 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 7178 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 7179 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 7180 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 7181 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 7182 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 7183 a great many people. 7184 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 7185 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 7186 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 7187 "fax" mailer. 7188 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 7189 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 7190 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 7191 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 7192 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 7193 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 7194 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 7195 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 7196 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 7197 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 7198 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 7199 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 7200 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 7201 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 7202 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 7203 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 7204 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 7205 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 7206 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 7207 of WPI. 7208 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 7209 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 7210 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7211 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 7212 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 7213 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 7214 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 7215 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 7216 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 7217 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 7218 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 7219 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 7220 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 7221 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 7222 by Andreas Luik. 7223 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 7224 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 7225 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 7226 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 7227 Wolfhugel. 7228 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 7229 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 7230 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 7231 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 7232 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 7233 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 7234 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 7235 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 7236 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 7237 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 7238 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 7239 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 7240 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 7241 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 7242 Costales. 7243 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7244 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 7245 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 7246 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7247 NEW FILES: 7248 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 7249 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 7250 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 7251 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 7252 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 7253 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 7254 mailstats/mailstats.8 7255 praliases/praliases.8 7256 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 7257 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 7258 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 7259 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 7260 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 7261 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 7262 cf/ostype/altos.m4 7263 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 7264 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 7265 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 7266 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 7267 DELETED FILES: 7268 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 7269 contrib/xla/README 7270 contrib/xla/xla.c 7271 RENAMED FILES: 7272 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 7273 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 7274 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 7275 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 7276 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 7277 72788.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 7279 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 7280 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 7281 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 7282 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 7283 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 7284 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 7285 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 7286 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 7287 72888.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 7289 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 7290 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7291 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7292 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7293 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7294 and others. 7295 72968.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7297 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7298 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7299 any user (except root). 7300 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7301 version number is unchanged. 7302 73038.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7304 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7305 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7306 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7307 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7308 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7309 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7310 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7311 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7312 Costales. 7313 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7314 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7315 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7316 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7317 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7318 Stanford University. 7319 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7320 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7321 73228.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7323 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7324 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7325 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7326 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7327 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7328 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7329 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7330 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7331 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7332 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7333 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7334 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7335 by Kari Hurtta. 7336 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7337 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7338 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7339 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7340 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7341 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7342 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7343 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7344 bounces when it should have requeued. 7345 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7346 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7347 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7348 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7349 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7350 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7351 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7352 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7353 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7354 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7355 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7356 Infobiogen. 7357 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7358 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7359 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7360 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7361 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7362 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7363 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7364 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7365 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7366 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7367 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7368 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7369 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7370 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7371 underscores. 7372 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7373 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7374 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7375 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7376 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7377 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7378 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7379 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7380 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7381 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7382 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7383 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7384 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7385 Costales of ICSI. 7386 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7387 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7388 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7389 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7390 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7391 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7392 Technological University. 7393 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7394 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7395 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7396 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7397 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7398 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7399 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7400 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7401 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7402 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7403 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7404 Inc. 7405 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7406 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7407 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7408 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7409 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7410 University. 7411 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7412 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7413 Association for Progressive Communications. 7414 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7415 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7416 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7417 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7418 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7419 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7420 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7421 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7422 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7423 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7424 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7425 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7426 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7427 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7428 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7429 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7430 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7431 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7432 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7433 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7434 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7435 James B. Davis of TCI. 7436 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7437 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7438 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7439 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7440 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7441 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7442 isn't supported on all compilers. 7443 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7444 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7445 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7446 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7447 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7448 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7449 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7450 (France). 7451 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7452 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7453 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7454 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7455 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7456 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7457 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7458 for different files. 7459 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7460 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7461 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7462 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7463 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7464 changes). 7465 74668.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7467 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7468 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7469 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7470 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7471 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7472 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7473 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7474 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7475 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7476 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7477 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7478 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7479 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7480 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7481 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7482 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7483 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7484 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7485 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7486 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7487 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7488 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7489 results. This could have security implications. 7490 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7491 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7492 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7493 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7494 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7495 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7496 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7497 Elz. 7498 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7499 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7500 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7501 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7502 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7503 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7504 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7505 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7506 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7507 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7508 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7509 domain names are your friends. 7510 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7511 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7512 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7513 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7514 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7515 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7516 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7517 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7518 of TerraNet. 7519 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7520 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7521 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7522 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7523 of WPI. 7524 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7525 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7526 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7527 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7528 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7529 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7530 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7531 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7532 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7533 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7534 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7535 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7536 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7537 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7538 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7539 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7540 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7541 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7542 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7543 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7544 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7545 Infobiogen (France). 7546 NEW FILES: 7547 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7548 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7549 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7550 75518.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7552 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7553 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7554 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7555 Global Communications. 7556 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7557 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7558 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7559 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7560 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7561 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7562 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7563 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7564 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7565 can be confusing. 7566 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7567 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7568 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7569 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7570 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7571 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7572 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7573 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7574 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7575 Maryland. 7576 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7577 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7578 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7579 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7580 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7581 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7582 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7583 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7584 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7585 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7586 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7587 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7588 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7589 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7590 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7591 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7592 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7593 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7594 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7595 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7596 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7597 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7598 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7599 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7600 Swarthmore University. 7601 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7602 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7603 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7604 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7605 ruleset. 7606 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7607 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7608 -d debug flag. 7609 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7610 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7611 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7612 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7613 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7614 and the parsed address. 7615 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7616 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7617 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7618 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7619 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7620 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7621 recipients. 7622 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7623 return the result. 7624 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7625 `mapname' and return the result. 7626 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7627 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7628 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7629 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7630 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7631 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7632 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7633 that functionality. 7634 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7635 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7636 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7637 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7638 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7639 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7640 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7641 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7642 of Michigan Technological University. 7643 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7644 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7645 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7646 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7647 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7648 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7649 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7650 or not. 7651 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7652 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7653 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7654 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7655 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7656 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7657 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7658 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7659 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7660 should have minimal impact on external function. 7661 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7662 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7663 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7664 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7665 7 SevenBitInput 7666 8 EightBitMode 7667 A AliasFile 7668 a AliasWait 7669 B BlankSub 7670 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7671 C CheckpointInterval 7672 c HoldExpensive 7673 D AutoRebuildAliases 7674 d DeliveryMode 7675 E ErrorHeader 7676 e ErrorMode 7677 f SaveFromLine 7678 F TempFileMode 7679 G MatchGECOS 7680 H HelpFile 7681 h MaxHopCount 7682 i IgnoreDots 7683 I ResolverOptions 7684 J ForwardPath 7685 j SendMimeErrors 7686 k ConnectionCacheSize 7687 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7688 L LogLevel 7689 l UseErrorsTo 7690 m MeToo 7691 n CheckAliases 7692 O DaemonPortOptions 7693 o OldStyleHeaders 7694 P PostmasterCopy 7695 p PrivacyOptions 7696 Q QueueDirectory 7697 q QueueFactor 7698 R DontPruneRoutes 7699 r, T Timeout 7700 S StatusFile 7701 s SuperSafe 7702 t TimeZoneSpec 7703 u DefaultUser 7704 U UserDatabaseSpec 7705 V FallbackMXHost 7706 v Verbose 7707 w TryNullMXList 7708 x QueueLA 7709 X RefuseLA 7710 Y ForkEachJob 7711 y RecipientFactor 7712 z ClassFactor 7713 Z RetryFactor 7714 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7715 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7716 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7717 $l UnixFromLine 7718 $o OperatorChars 7719 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7720 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7721 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7722 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7723 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7724 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7725 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7726 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7727 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7728 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7729 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7730 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7731 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7732 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7733 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7734 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7735 A Addresses are aliasable. 7736 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7737 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7738 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7739 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7740 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7741 recipient mailer flags. 7742 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7743 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7744 delivery. 7745 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7746 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7747 : Check for :include: on this address. 7748 | Check for |program on this address. 7749 / Check for /file on this address. 7750 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7751 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7752 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7753 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7754 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7755 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7756 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7757 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7758 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7759 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7760 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7761 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7762 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7763 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7764 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7765 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7766 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7767 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7768 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7769 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7770 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7771 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7772 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7773 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7774 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7775 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7776 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7777 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7778 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7779 flag is ignored. 7780 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7781 the setting of F=8. 7782 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7783 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7784 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7785 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7786 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7787 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7788 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7789 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7790 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7791 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7792 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7793 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7794 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7795 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7796 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7797 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7798 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7799 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7800 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7801 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7802 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7803 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7804 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7805 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7806 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7807 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7808 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7809 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7810 Unicom. 7811 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7812 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7813 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7814 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7815 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7816 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7817 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7818 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7819 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7820 from Chip Rosenthal. 7821 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7822 For example, 7823 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7824 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7825 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7826 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7827 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7828 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7829 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7830 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7831 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7832 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7833 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7834 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7835 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7836 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7837 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7838 contribution was to make it configurable). 7839 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7840 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7841 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7842 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7843 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7844 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7845 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7846 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7847 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7848 I/O redirection. 7849 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7850 can be confusing. 7851 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7852 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7853 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7854 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7855 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7856 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7857 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7858 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7859 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7860 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7861 queue-only. 7862 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7863 :include: and .forward files. 7864 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7865 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7866 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7867 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7868 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7869 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7870 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7871 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7872 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7873 Sun Microsystems. 7874 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7875 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7876 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7877 Hutton of Indiana University. 7878 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7879 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7880 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7881 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7882 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7883 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7884 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7885 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7886 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7887 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7888 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7889 as comments. 7890 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7891 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7892 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7893 are from sysexits.h. 7894 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7895 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7896 Kmap1 ... 7897 Kmap2 ... 7898 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7899 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7900 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7901 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7902 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7903 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7904 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7905 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7906 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7907 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7908 Ksample switch hosts 7909 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7910 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7911 equivalent to 7912 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7913 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7914 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7915 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7916 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7917 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7918 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7919 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7920 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7921 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7922 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7923 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7924 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7925 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7926 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7927 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7928 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7929 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7930 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7931 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7932 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7933 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7934 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7935 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7936 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7937 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7938 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7939 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7940 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7941 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7942 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7943 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7944 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7945 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7946 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7947 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7948 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7949 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7950 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7951 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7952 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7953 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7954 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7955 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7956 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7957 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7958 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7959 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7960 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7961 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7962 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7963 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7964 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7965 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7966 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7967 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7968 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7969 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7970 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7971 much longer than the specified timeout. 7972 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7973 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7974 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7975 denial-of-service attack. 7976 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7977 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7978 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7979 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7980 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7981 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7982 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7983 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7984 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7985 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7986 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7987 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7988 actually file lookups. 7989 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7990 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7991 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7992 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7993 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7994 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7995 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7996 support for them has been removed. 7997 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7998 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7999 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 8000 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 8001 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 8002 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 8003 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 8004 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 8005 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 8006 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 8007 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 8008 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 8009 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 8010 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 8011 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 8012 also improves the connection cache utilization. 8013 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 8014 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 8015 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 8016 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 8017 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 8018 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 8019 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 8020 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 8021 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 8022 Microsystems. 8023 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 8024 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 8025 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 8026 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 8027 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 8028 option can give the network software time to establish 8029 the link. The default units are seconds. 8030 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 8031 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 8032 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 8033 Defense Information Systems Agency. 8034 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 8035 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 8036 the National Computer Security Center. 8037 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 8038 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 8039 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 8040 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 8041 the mailprio scripts (see below). 8042 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 8043 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 8044 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 8045 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 8046 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 8047 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 8048 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 8049 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 8050 University Computing Service. 8051 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 8052 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 8053 the University of Kentucky. 8054 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 8055 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 8056 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 8057 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 8058 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 8059 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 8060 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 8061 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 8062 Corporation. 8063 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 8064 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 8065 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 8066 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 8067 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 8068 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 8069 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 8070 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 8071 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 8072 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 8073 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 8074 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 8075 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 8076 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 8077 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 8078 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 8079 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 8080 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 8081 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 8082 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 8083 Communications. 8084 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 8085 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 8086 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 8087 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 8088 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 8089 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 8090 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 8091 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 8092 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 8093 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 8094 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 8095 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8096 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 8097 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 8098 on values: 8099 None Leave the message as is. The 8100 message will be passed on even 8101 though it is in technically 8102 illegal syntax. 8103 Add-To Add a To: header with any 8104 recipients that it can find from 8105 the envelope. This risks exposing 8106 Bcc: recipients. 8107 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 8108 has almost no redeeming social value, 8109 and is provided only for back 8110 compatibility. 8111 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 8112 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 8113 which will have the effect of 8114 making the message legal without 8115 exposing Bcc: recipients. 8116 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 8117 There is a chance that mailers down 8118 the line will delete this header, 8119 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 8120 recipients. 8121 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 8122 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 8123 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 8124 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 8125 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 8126 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 8127 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 8128 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 8129 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 8130 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 8131 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 8132 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 8133 For example, if you run with 8134 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 8135 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 8136 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 8137 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 8138 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 8139 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 8140 entries. For example, given the aliases: 8141 list: member1 8142 list: member2 8143 and an alias file declared as: 8144 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 8145 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 8146 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 8147 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8148 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 8149 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 8150 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 8151 Johannesen. 8152 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 8153 to be simpler and more consistent. 8154 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 8155 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 8156 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 8157 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 8158 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 8159 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 8160 This may affect some people who have written their own 8161 checkcompat() routine. 8162 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 8163 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 8164 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 8165 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 8166 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 8167 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 8168 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 8169 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 8170 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 8171 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 8172 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 8173 Corporation. 8174 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 8175 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 8176 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 8177 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 8178 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 8179 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 8180 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 8181 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 8182 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 8183 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 8184 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 8185 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 8186 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 8187 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 8188 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 8189 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 8190 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 8191 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 8192 the header. 8193 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8194 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 8195 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 8196 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 8197 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 8198 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 8199 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 8200 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 8201 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 8202 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 8203 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 8204 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 8205 is added between the first and second word of the first 8206 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 8207 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 8208 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 8209 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 8210 old sendmails understand. 8211 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 8212 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 8213 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 8214 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 8215 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 8216 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 8217 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 8218 data -- for example, 8219 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 8220 (romanized/less information) 8221 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 8222 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 8223 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 8224 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 8225 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 8226 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 8227 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 8228 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 8229 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 8230 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 8231 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 8232 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 8233 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 8234 Eric Prestemon of American University. 8235 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 8236 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 8237 increment on the background value). 8238 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 8239 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 8240 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8241 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 8242 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 8243 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 8244 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 8245 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 8246 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 8247 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 8248 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 8249 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 8250 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 8251 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 8252 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 8253 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 8254 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 8255 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 8256 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 8257 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 8258 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 8259 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 8260 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 8261 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 8262 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 8263 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 8264 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 8265 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 8266 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 8267 service type is "files". 8268 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 8269 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 8270 into class "c". 8271 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 8272 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 8273 contributed by SunSoft. 8274 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 8275 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 8276 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 8277 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 8278 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 8279 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 8280 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 8281 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 8282 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 8283 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 8284 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 8285 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 8286 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 8287 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8288 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 8289 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 8290 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8291 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8292 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8293 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8294 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8295 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8296 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8297 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8298 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8299 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8300 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8301 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8302 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8303 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8304 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8305 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8306 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8307 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8308 flags. 8309 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8310 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8311 Motonori Nakamura. 8312 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8313 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8314 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8315 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8316 of MIT. 8317 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8318 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8319 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8320 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8321 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8322 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8323 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8324 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8325 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8326 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8327 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8328 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8329 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8330 the make. 8331 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8332 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8333 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8334 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8335 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8336 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8337 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8338 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8339 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8340 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8341 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8342 of Sun Microsystems. 8343 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8344 is at least 50% faster. 8345 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8346 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8347 University. 8348 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8349 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8350 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8351 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8352 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8353 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8354 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8355 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8356 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8357 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8358 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8359 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8360 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8361 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8362 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8363 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8364 Carnegie Mellon. 8365 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8366 support. 8367 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8368 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8369 Global Information Solutions. 8370 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8371 From Motonori Nakamura. 8372 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8373 Motonori Nakamura. 8374 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8375 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8376 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8377 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8378 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8379 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8380 James of British Telecom. 8381 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8382 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8383 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8384 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8385 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8386 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8387 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8388 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8389 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8390 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8391 a bad guy can read your private files. 8392 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8393 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8394 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8395 University. This expands the disk size 8396 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8397 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8398 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8399 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8400 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8401 Linux Makefile typo. 8402 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8403 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8404 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8405 University, Chico. 8406 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8407 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8408 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8409 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8410 This requires adaptation of code that really 8411 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8412 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8413 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8414 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8415 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8416 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8417 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8418 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8419 problems. 8420 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8421 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8422 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8423 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8424 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8425 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8426 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8427 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8428 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8429 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8430 Wemm of DIALix. 8431 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8432 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8433 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8434 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8435 of Ohio State University. 8436 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8437 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8438 University. 8439 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8440 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8441 Mainz. 8442 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8443 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8444 wrong statfs call). 8445 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8446 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8447 University. 8448 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8449 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8450 Rochester Medical Center. 8451 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8452 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8453 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8454 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8455 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8456 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8457 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8458 Division. 8459 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8460 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8461 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8462 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8463 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8464 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8465 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8466 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8467 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8468 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8469 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8470 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8471 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8472 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8473 of Meteo France. 8474 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8475 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8476 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8477 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8478 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8479 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8480 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8481 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8482 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8483 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8484 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8485 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8486 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8487 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8488 of Colorado. 8489 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8490 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8491 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8492 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8493 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8494 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8495 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8496 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8497 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8498 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8499 giving the local administrator more control over what 8500 programs can be run from sendmail. 8501 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8502 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8503 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8504 never will. 8505 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8506 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8507 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8508 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8509 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8510 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8511 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8512 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8513 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8514 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8515 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8516 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8517 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8518 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8519 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8520 or 8521 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8522 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8523 can use: 8524 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8525 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8526 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8527 compatibility. 8528 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8529 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8530 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8531 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8532 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8533 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8534 County. 8535 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8536 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8537 just unqualified ones. 8538 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8539 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8540 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8541 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8542 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8543 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8544 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8545 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8546 centralized hub. 8547 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8548 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8549 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8550 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8551 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8552 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8553 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8554 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8555 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8556 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8557 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8558 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8559 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8560 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8561 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8562 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8563 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8564 but it is a no-op. 8565 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8566 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8567 as User Unknown. 8568 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8569 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8570 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8571 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8572 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8573 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8574 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8575 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8576 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8577 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8578 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8579 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8580 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8581 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8582 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8583 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8584 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8585 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8586 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8587 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8588 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8589 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8590 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8591 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8592 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8593 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8594 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8595 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8596 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8597 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8598 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8599 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8600 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8601 assumed. 8602 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8603 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8604 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8605 Information Systems Agency. 8606 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8607 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8608 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8609 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8610 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8611 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8612 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8613 that really can be used in the real world. 8614 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8615 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8616 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8617 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8618 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8619 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8620 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8621 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8622 by Scott Hutton. 8623 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8624 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8625 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8626 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8627 people. 8628 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8629 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8630 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8631 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8632 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8633 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8634 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8635 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8636 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8637 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8638 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8639 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8640 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8641 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8642 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8643 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8644 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8645 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8646 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8647 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8648 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8649 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8650 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8651 by Kimmo Suominen. 8652 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8653 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8654 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8655 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8656 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8657 NEW FILES: 8658 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8659 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8660 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8661 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8662 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8663 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8664 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8665 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8666 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8667 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8668 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8669 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8670 cf/domain/generic.m4 8671 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8672 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8673 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8674 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8675 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8676 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8677 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8678 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8679 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8680 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8681 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8682 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8683 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8684 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8685 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8686 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8687 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8688 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8689 contrib/bsdi.mc 8690 contrib/mailprio 8691 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8692 mail.local/mail.local.0 8693 makemap/makemap.0 8694 smrsh/README 8695 smrsh/smrsh.0 8696 smrsh/smrsh.8 8697 smrsh/smrsh.c 8698 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8699 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8700 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8701 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8702 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8703 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8704 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8705 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8706 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8707 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8708 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8711 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8712 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8713 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8714 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8715 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8716 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8717 src/aliases.0 8718 src/mailq.0 8719 src/mime.c 8720 src/newaliases.0 8721 src/sendmail.0 8722 test/t_seteuid.c 8723 RENAMED FILES: 8724 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8725 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8726 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8727 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8728 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8729 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8730 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8731 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8732 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8733 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8734 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8735 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8736 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8737 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8738 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8739 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8740 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8741 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8742 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8743 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8744 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8745 OBSOLETED FILES: 8746 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8747 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8748 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8749 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8750 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8751 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8752 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8753 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8754 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8755 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8756 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8757 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8758 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8759 87608.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8761 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8762 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8763 any user (except root). 8764 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8765 version number is unchanged. 8766 87678.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8768 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8769 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8770 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8771 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8772 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8773 each other!). 8774 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8775 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8776 than fork(). 8777 87788.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8779 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8780 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8781 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8782 message when attempted from IDENT. 8783 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8784 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8785 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8786 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8787 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8788 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8789 partial lines. 8790 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8791 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8792 Rob McMahon. 8793 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8794 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8795 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8796 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8797 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8798 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8799 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8800 Novell Labs Europe. 8801 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8802 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8803 Cal State Chico. 8804 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8805 *Hobbit*. 8806 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8807 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8808 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8809 from Spider Boardman. 8810 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8811 with the binaries). 8812 88138.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8814 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8815 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8816 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8817 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8818 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8819 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8820 implications. 8821 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8822 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8823 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8824 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8825 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8826 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8827 University of Texas. 8828 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8829 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8830 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8831 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8832 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8833 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8834 Data General. 8835 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8836 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8837 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8838 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8839 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8840 with a lot of arguments). 8841 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8842 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8843 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8844 Michigan. 8845 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8846 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8847 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8848 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8849 Thibault. 8850 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8851 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8852 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8853 some of the map code. 8854 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8855 with the binaries). 8856 88578.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8858 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8859 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8860 may have some security implications. 8861 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8862 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8863 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8864 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8865 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8866 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8867 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8868 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8869 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8870 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8871 option. 8872 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8873 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8874 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8875 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8876 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8877 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8878 Rochester. 8879 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8880 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8881 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8882 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8883 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8884 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8885 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8886 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8887 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8888 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8889 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8890 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8891 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8892 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8893 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8894 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8895 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8896 messages. 8897 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8898 message to explain how much space was available and 8899 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8900 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8901 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8902 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8903 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8904 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8905 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8906 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8907 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8908 Kapor Enterprises. 8909 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8910 without recompiling. 8911 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8912 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8913 purely cosmetic. 8914 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8915 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8916 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8917 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8918 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8919 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8920 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8921 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8922 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8923 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8924 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8925 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8926 Wolfhugel. 8927 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8928 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8929 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8930 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8931 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8932 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8933 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8934 size around and can never start listening to connections 8935 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8936 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8937 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8938 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8939 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8940 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8941 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8942 implications. 8943 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8944 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8945 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8946 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8947 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8948 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8949 doc directory. This includes some additional 8950 information. 8951 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8952 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8953 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8954 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8955 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8956 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8957 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8958 Portability fixes: 8959 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8960 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8961 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8962 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8963 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8964 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8965 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8966 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8967 Corporation. 8968 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8969 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8970 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8971 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8972 New Files: 8973 src/Makefile.CLIX 8974 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8975 doc/changes/Makefile 8976 doc/changes/changes.me 8977 doc/changes/changes.ps 8978 89798.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8980 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8981 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8982 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8983 89848.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8985 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8986 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8987 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8988 list. 8989 89908.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8991 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8992 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8993 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8994 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8995 valid shell. 8996 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8997 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8998 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8999 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 9000 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 9001 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 9002 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 9003 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 9004 from a local user to another local user. From 9005 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9006 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 9007 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 9008 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9009 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 9010 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 9011 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 9012 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 9013 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 9014 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 9015 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 9016 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 9017 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 9018 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 9019 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 9020 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 9021 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 9022 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 9023 BSD-like system. 9024 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 9025 protocol entirely. 9026 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 9027 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 9028 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 9029 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 9030 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 9031 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 9032 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 9033 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 9034 files. 9035 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 9036 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 9037 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 9038 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 9039 of CMU. 9040 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 9041 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 9042 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 9043 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 9044 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 9045 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 9046 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 9047 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 9048 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 9049 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 9050 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 9051 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 9052 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 9053 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 9054 security implications. Suggested by several people. 9055 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 9056 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 9057 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 9058 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 9059 Motonori Nakamura. 9060 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 9061 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 9062 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 9063 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 9064 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 9065 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 9066 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9067 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 9068 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 9069 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 9070 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 9071 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 9072 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 9073 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 9074 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 9075 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 9076 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 9077 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 9078 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 9079 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 9080 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9081 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 9082 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 9083 didn't see the class items being added. 9084 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 9085 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 9086 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 9087 Rutgers. 9088 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 9089 but sets h_errno to a success value. 9090 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 9091 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 9092 address specified in the P option). This fix should 9093 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 9094 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 9095 the problem myself. 9096 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 9097 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 9098 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 9099 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 9100 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 9101 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 9102 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 9103 UUNET. 9104 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 9105 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 9106 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 9107 John Oleynick. 9108 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 9109 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 9110 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 9111 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 9112 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 9113 Nakamura. 9114 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 9115 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 9116 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 9117 University of Washington. 9118 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 9119 don't have an ``=value'' part. 9120 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 9121 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 9122 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 9123 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 9124 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 9125 of Cambridge University. 9126 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 9127 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 9128 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 9129 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 9130 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 9131 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 9132 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 9133 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 9134 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 9135 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 9136 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 9137 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 9138 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 9139 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 9140 a chance. 9141 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 9142 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 9143 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 9144 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 9145 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 9146 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 9147 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 9148 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 9149 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 9150 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 9151 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 9152 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 9153 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 9154 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 9155 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 9156 size for various mailers. 9157 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 9158 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 9159 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9160 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 9161 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 9162 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 9163 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 9164 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 9165 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 9166 system. 9167 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 9168 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 9169 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 9170 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 9171 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 9172 Michel of Thomson CSF. 9173 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 9174 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 9175 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 9176 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 9177 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 9178 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 9179 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 9180 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 9181 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 9182 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 9183 University of Sydney. 9184 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 9185 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 9186 This is because of the known bug where definition of 9187 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 9188 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 9189 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 9190 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 9191 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 9192 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 9193 Suominen. 9194 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 9195 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 9196 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 9197 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 9198 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 9199 Suominen. 9200 Portability fixes: 9201 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 9202 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 9203 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 9204 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 9205 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 9206 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 9207 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 9208 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 9209 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 9210 NEW FILES: 9211 src/Makefile.DomainOS 9212 src/Makefile.PTX 9213 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 9214 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 9215 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9216 src/mailq.1 9217 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 9218 doc/op/Makefile 9219 doc/intro/Makefile 9220 doc/usenix/Makefile 9221 92228.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 9223 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 9224 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 9225 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 9226 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 9227 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 9228 permissions they should not have had (usually group 9229 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 9230 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 9231 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 9232 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 9233 Although this does not respond to a specific known 9234 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 9235 Christian Wettergren. 9236 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 9237 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 9238 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 9239 program by putting that in their .forward file. 9240 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 9241 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 9242 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 9243 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 9244 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 9245 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 9246 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 9247 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 9248 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 9249 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 9250 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 9251 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 9252 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 9253 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 9254 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 9255 connection to create problems on the current job. 9256 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 9257 the wrong place. 9258 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 9259 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 9260 problem that ignored the load average in locally 9261 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 9262 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 9263 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 9264 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 9265 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 9266 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 9267 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 9268 when sending error messages. This resulted in 9269 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 9270 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 9271 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 9272 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 9273 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 9274 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9275 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 9276 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 9277 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 9278 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 9279 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 9280 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 9281 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 9282 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 9283 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 9284 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 9285 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 9286 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 9287 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 9288 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 9289 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 9290 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9291 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9292 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9293 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9294 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9295 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9296 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9297 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9298 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9299 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9300 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9301 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9302 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9303 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9304 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9305 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9306 dot convention. 9307 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9308 of from a clean exit. 9309 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9310 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9311 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9312 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9313 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9314 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9315 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9316 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9317 Jones of UUNET. 9318 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9319 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9320 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9321 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9322 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9323 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9324 says that they should be ignored. 9325 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9326 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9327 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9328 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9329 is not reentrant. 9330 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9331 documented in the Bat Book. 9332 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9333 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9334 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9335 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9336 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9337 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9338 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9339 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9340 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9341 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9342 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9343 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9344 of Kyoto University. 9345 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9346 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9347 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9348 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9349 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9350 Bryan Costales. 9351 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9352 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9353 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9354 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9355 Nakamura. 9356 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9357 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9358 illegal addresses appearing there). 9359 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9360 BB&N. 9361 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9362 included. 9363 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9364 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9365 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9366 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9367 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9368 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9369 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9370 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9371 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9372 by the other end closing the connection. From 9373 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9374 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9375 to include a host name or other useful information. 9376 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9377 DeMarco. 9378 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9379 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9380 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9381 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9382 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9383 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9384 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9385 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9386 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9387 this properly). 9388 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9389 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9390 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9391 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9392 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9393 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9394 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9395 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9396 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9397 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9398 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9399 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9400 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9401 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9402 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9403 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9404 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9405 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9406 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9407 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9408 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9409 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9410 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9411 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9412 Portability fixes for: 9413 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9414 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9415 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9416 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9417 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9418 of Stoner Associates. 9419 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9420 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9421 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9422 of Maryland. 9423 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9424 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9425 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9426 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9427 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9428 RISC/os. 9429 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9430 at Chico. 9431 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9432 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9433 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9434 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9435 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9436 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9437 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9438 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9439 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9440 addresses when relaying internally. 9441 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9442 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9443 provided by Peter Wemm. 9444 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9445 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9446 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9447 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9448 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9449 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9450 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9451 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9452 names. 9453 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9454 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9455 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9456 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9457 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9458 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9459 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9460 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9461 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9462 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9463 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9464 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9465 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9466 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9467 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9468 of Georgia Tech. 9469 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9470 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9471 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9472 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9473 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9474 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9475 the local name prepended. 9476 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9477 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9478 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9479 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9480 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9481 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9482 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9483 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9484 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9485 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9486 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9487 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9488 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9489 cause some .forward files that have worked 9490 before to start failing. 9491 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9492 NEW FILES: 9493 src/Makefile.DGUX 9494 src/Makefile.Dynix 9495 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9496 src/Makefile.Mach386 9497 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9498 src/Makefile.RISCos 9499 src/Makefile.SCO 9500 src/Makefile.SVR4 9501 src/Makefile.Titan 9502 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9503 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9504 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9505 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9506 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9507 makemap/Makefile.dist 9508 praliases/Makefile.dist 9509 95108.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9511 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9512 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9513 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9514 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9515 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9516 class of attack. 9517 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9518 in a few critical places. 9519 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9520 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9521 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9522 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9523 and High-Energy Physics. 9524 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9525 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9526 Eric Wassenaar. 9527 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9528 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9529 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9530 Wassenaar. 9531 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9532 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9533 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9534 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9535 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9536 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9537 these can have different values depending on which 9538 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9539 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9540 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9541 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9542 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9543 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9544 postmaster" case. 9545 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9546 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9547 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9548 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9549 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9550 Christopher Davis. 9551 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9552 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9553 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9554 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9555 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9556 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9557 95588.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9559 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9560 addresses that get return-receipts. 9561 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9562 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9563 and end up sending the message several times. 9564 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9565 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9566 four hours". 9567 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9568 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9569 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9570 Cornell University Medical College. 9571 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9572 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9573 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9574 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9575 Wassenaar. 9576 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9577 connections fail during message collection. From 9578 Eric Wassenaar. 9579 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9580 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9581 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9582 Stratus. 9583 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9584 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9585 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9586 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9587 by non-root users were not put into 9588 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9589 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9590 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9591 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9592 could get confused as to whether a database was 9593 open or not. 9594 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9595 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9596 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9597 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9598 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9599 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9600 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9601 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9602 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9603 96048.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9605 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9606 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9607 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9608 propagated to the queue file. 9609 96108.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9611 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9612 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9613 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9614 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9615 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9616 header files but don't have the syscall. 9617 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9618 if trymx == FALSE. 9619 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9620 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9621 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9622 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9623 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9624 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9625 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9626 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9627 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9628 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9629 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9630 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9631 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9632 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9633 Kanbe. 9634 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9635 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9636 Wisner of The Well. 9637 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9638 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9639 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9640 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9641 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9642 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9643 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9644 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9645 read permission. 9646 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9647 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9648 MX suppression will still work. 9649 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9650 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9651 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9652 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9653 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9654 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9655 Nakamura. 9656 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9657 "CX $Z" works. 9658 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9659 trying to send the original message if the connection 9660 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9661 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9662 by John Myers of CMU. 9663 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9664 term bug. 9665 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9666 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9667 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9668 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9669 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9670 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9671 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9672 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9673 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9674 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9675 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9676 level. 9677 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9678 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9679 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9680 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9681 address. 9682 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9683 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9684 Harvey Mudd College. 9685 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9686 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9687 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9688 their full name information. 9689 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9690 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9691 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9692 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9693 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9694 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9695 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9696 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9697 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9698 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9699 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9700 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9701 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9702 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9703 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9704 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9705 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9706 names. 9707 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9708 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9709 helpful. 9710 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9711 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9712 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9713 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9714 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9715 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9716 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9717 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9718 that claims to be itself works properly. 9719 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9720 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9721 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9722 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9723 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9724 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9725 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9726 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9727 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9728 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9729 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9730 scratch. 9731 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9732 true address to still send to the original address 9733 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9734 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9735 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9736 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9737 more trouble than it was worth. 9738 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9739 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9740 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9741 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9742 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9743 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9744 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9745 the queue. 9746 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9747 messages don't come out with stale information. 9748 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9749 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9750 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9751 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9752 Myers of CMU. 9753 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9754 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9755 Corrigan. 9756 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9757 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9758 sender address. 9759 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9760 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9761 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9762 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9763 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9764 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9765 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9766 that does bulk data transfer). 9767 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9768 Amir Plivatsky. 9769 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9770 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9771 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9772 bogus config files that were not caught. 9773 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9774 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9775 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9776 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9777 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9778 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9779 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9780 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9781 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9782 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9783 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9784 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9785 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9786 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9787 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9788 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9789 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9790 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9791 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9792 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9793 Melbourne. 9794 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9795 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9796 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9797 to match regular entries. 9798 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9799 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9800 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9801 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9802 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9803 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9804 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9805 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9806 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9807 messages is the best possible. 9808 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9809 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9810 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9811 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9812 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9813 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9814 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9815 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9816 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9817 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9818 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9819 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9820 on the address. 9821 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9822 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9823 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9824 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9825 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9826 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9827 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9828 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9829 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9830 addresses in any detail. 9831 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9832 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9833 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9834 with an address such as "!foo". 9835 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9836 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9837 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9838 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9839 Bret Marquis. 9840 98418.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9842 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9843 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9844 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9845 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9846 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9847 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9848 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9849 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9850 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9851 Nakamura. 9852 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9853 are no DNS records matching the name. 9854 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9855 original message was received ... from localhost". 9856 The correct original host information is now included. 9857 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9858 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9859 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9860 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9861 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9862 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9863 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9864 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9865 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9866 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9867 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9868 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9869 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9870 98718.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9872 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9873 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9874 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9875 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9876 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9877 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9878 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9879 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9880 are really configuration errors. This option is 9881 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9882 UIUC sendmail. 9883 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9884 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9885 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9886 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9887 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9888 by Neil Rickert. 9889 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9890 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9891 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9892 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9893 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9894 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9895 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9896 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9897 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9898 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9899 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9900 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9901 humans. 9902 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9903 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9904 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9905 repaired). 9906 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9907 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9908 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9909 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9910 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9911 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9912 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9913 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9914 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9915 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9916 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9917 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9918 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9919 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9920 core dumps on some machines. 9921 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9922 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9923 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9924 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9925 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9926 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9927 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9928 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9929 some true error conditions. 9930 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9931 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9932 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9933 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9934 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9935 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9936 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9937 by Motonori Nakamura. 9938 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9939 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9940 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9941 a queue run than a direct run. 9942 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9943 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9944 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9945 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9946 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9947 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9948 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9949 restart it. 9950 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9951 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9952 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9953 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9954 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9955 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9956 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9957 is appropriately functional. 9958 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9959 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9960 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9961 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9962 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9963 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9964 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9965 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9966 Technologies. 9967 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9968 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9969 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9970 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9971 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9972 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9973 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9974 things. 9975 Portability changes: 9976 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9977 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9978 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9979 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9980 of Colorado. 9981 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9982 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9983 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9984 Corporation. 9985 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9986 documentation apparently doesn't define 9987 __STDC__ by default). 9988 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9989 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9990 Motonori Nakamura. 9991 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9992 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9993 several people have made a good argument that this 9994 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9995 may prove painful in the short run). 9996 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9997 format. 9998 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9999 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 10000 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 10001 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 10002 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 10003 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 10004 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 10005 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 10006 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 10007 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 10008 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 10009 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 10010 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 10011 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 10012 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 10013 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10014 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 10015 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 10016 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 10017 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 10018 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 10019 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 10020 environments. Ugly as sin. 10021 100228.3/8.3 1993/07/13 10023 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 10024 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 10025 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 10026 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 10027 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 10028 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 10029 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 10030 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 10031 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 10032 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 10033 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 10034 "user friendly". 10035 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 10036 16 bytes/sec. 10037 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 10038 compatibility library. This also adds a new 10039 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 10040 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 10041 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 10042 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 10043 for quick test cases. 10044 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 10045 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 10046 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 10047 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 10048 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 10049 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 10050 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 10051 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 10052 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 10053 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 10054 From Michael Corrigan. 10055 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 10056 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 10057 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10058 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 10059 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 10060 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 10061 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 10062 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 10063 Christophe Wolfhugel. 10064 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 10065 100668.2/8.2 1993/07/11 10067 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 10068 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 10069 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 10070 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 10071 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 10072 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 10073 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 10074 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 10075 from Bill Wisner. 10076 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 10077 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 10078 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 10079 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 10080 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 10081 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 10082 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 10083 match the other flags in that file. 10084 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 10085 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 10086 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 10087 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 10088 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 10089 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 10090 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 10091 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 10092 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 10093 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 10094 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 10095 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 10096 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 10097 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10098 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 10099 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 10100 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 10101 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 10102 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 10103 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 10104 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 10105 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 10106 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 10107 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 10108 the root and directories leading up to your home); 10109 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 10110 be owned by you. 10111 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 10112 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 10113 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 10114 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 10115 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 10116 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 10117 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 10118 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 10119 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 10120 is separate; this is just intended to work around 10121 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 10122 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 10123 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 10124 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 10125 matching without a null it never tries again with a 10126 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 10127 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 10128 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 10129 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 10130 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 10131 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 10132 it adapts. 10133 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 10134 will insert the appropriate full name information; 10135 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 10136 way. 10137 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 10138 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 10139 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 10140 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 10141 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 10142 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 10143 only happen when there has been another error in the 10144 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 10145 by default in conf.h. 10146 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 10147 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 10148 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 10149 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 10150 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 10151 This output is not intended to be particularly human 10152 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 10153 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 10154 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 10155 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 10156 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 10157 See cf/README for an example. 10158 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 10159 sites that don't use the -d flag. 10160 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 10161 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 10162 has been requested by several people, but can break 10163 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 10164 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 10165 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 10166 broken. Use it sparingly. 10167 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 10168 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 10169 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 10170 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 10171 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 10172 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 10173 Bill Wisner of The Well. 10174 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 10175 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 10176 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 10177 101788.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 10179 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 10180 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 10181 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 10182 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 10183 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 10184 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 10185 101868.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 10187 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 10188 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 10189 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 10190 101918.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 10192 Another mailertable fix.... 10193 101948.1/8.1 1993/06/07 10195 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 10196